20027910 Jeep WK Grand Cherokee Section 08O Restraints

RESTRAINTS

TABLE OF CONTENTSpage page

RESTRAINTS - ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . 1 RESTRAINTS - SERVICE INFORMATION . . . . . . 427

RESTRAINTS - ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICSTABLE OF CONTENTS

page page

RESTRAINTS - ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICSDIAGNOSIS AND TESTING

B1203-SRS WARNING INDICATORCIRCUIT/PERFORMANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

B1204-PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATORCIRCUIT LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

B1205-PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATORCIRCUIT HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

B1206-PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATORCIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

B1207-PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATORCIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER . . . . . . . . . . 20

B1B00-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUITLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

B1B01-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUITHIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

B1B02-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUITOPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

B1B03-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUITSHORTED TOGETHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

B1B04-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUITLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

B1B05-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUITHIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

B1B06-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUITOPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

B1B07-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUITSHORTED TOGETHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

B1B08-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 1CIRCUIT LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

B1B09-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 1CIRCUIT HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

B1B0A-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 1CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

B1B0B-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 1CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER . . . . . . . . . . 80

B1B0C-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2CIRCUIT LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

B1B0D-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2CIRCUIT HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

B1B0E-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

B1B0F-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER . . . . . . . . . . 97

B1B18-LEFT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1CIRCUIT LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

B1B19-LEFT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1CIRCUIT HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

B1B1A-LEFT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

B1B1B-LEFT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER . . . . . . . . . 114

B1B20-RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1CIRCUIT LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

B1B21-RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1CIRCUIT HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

B1B22-RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

B1B23-RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER . . . . . . . . . 131

B1B28-1st ROW DRIVER SEAT BELTPRETENSIONER CIRCUIT LOW . . . . . . . . . 135

B1B29-1ST ROW DRIVER SEAT BELTPRETENSIONER CIRCUIT HIGH . . . . . . . . . 138

B1B2A-1st ROW DRIVER SEAT BELTPRETENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN. . . . . . . . . 141

B1B2B-1st ROW DRIVER SEAT BELTPRETENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORTEDTOGETHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

B1B2C-1st ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELTPRETENSIONER CIRCUIT LOW . . . . . . . . . 147

B1B2D-1st ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELTPRETENSIONER CIRCUIT HIGH . . . . . . . . . 150

WK RESTRAINTS 8O - 1

B1B2E-1st ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELTPRETENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN. . . . . . . . . 153

B1B2F-1st ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELTPRETENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORTEDTOGETHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

B1B70-UP-FRONT LEFT SATELLITEACCELERATION SENSOR INTERNAL . . . . . 159

B1B71-UP-FRONT RIGHT SATELLITEACCELERATION SENSOR INTERNAL . . . . . 165

B1B72-LEFT SIDE SATELLITEACCELERATION SENSOR 1 INTERNAL. . . . 171

B1B73-LEFT SIDE SATELLITEACCELERATION SENSOR 2 INTERNAL. . . . 177

B1B75-RIGHT SIDE SATELLITEACCELERATION SENSOR 1 INTERNAL. . . . 183

B1B76-RIGHT SIDE SATELLITEACCELERATION SENSOR 2 INTERNAL. . . . 189

B1B78-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHTSENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONTPERFORMANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

B1B79-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHTSENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT INPUT CIRCUITLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

B1B7A-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHTSENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT INPUT CIRCUITHIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205

B1B7D-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHTSENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONTPERFORMANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

B1B7E-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHTSENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT INPUTCIRCUIT LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

B1B7F-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHTSENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT INPUTCIRCUIT HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

B1B82-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHTSENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR PERFORMANCE . 225

B1B83-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHTSENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR INPUT CIRCUITLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

B1B84-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHTSENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR INPUT CIRCUITHIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

B1B87-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHTSENSOR 1 - RIGHT REARPERFORMANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

B1B88-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHTSENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR INPUT CIRCUITLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244

B1B89-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHTSENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR INPUT CIRCUITHIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

B1B8C-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITIONSENSOR CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE . . . . . . 254

B1B8D-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITIONSENSOR CIRCUIT LOW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

B1B8E-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITIONSENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

B1B91-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITIONSENSOR CONFIGURATION MISMATCH . . . 266

B1B92-PASSENGER SEAT TRACKPOSITION SENSOR CIRCUITPERFORMANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

B1B93-PASSENGER SEAT TRACKPOSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW . . . . . . . 272

B1B94-PASSENGER SEAT TRACKPOSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH . . . . . . . 277

B1B97-PASSENGER SEAT TRACKPOSITION SENSOR CONFIGURATIONMISMATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

B1BA5-AIRBAG SQUIB CONFIGURATIONMISMATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285

B1BA6-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATIONUNDETERMINED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

B1BA7-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATIONSYSTEM VERIFICATION REQUIRED . . . . . . 289

B1BA8-OCM SYSTEM OUT OFCALIBRATION/NOT CALIBRATED . . . . . . . . 292

B1BAA-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATIONMODULE CONFIGURATION MISMATCH . . . 293

B1BB8-SRS WARNING INDICATOR STATUSMISMATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

B1BBA-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHTSENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

B1BBB-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHTSENSOR INPUTS SHORTED TOGETHER . . 303

B1BBC-OCS NEGATIVE SYSTEM WEIGHT . 306B1BBD-OCM CURRENT CONFIGURATION

TABLE UNPROGRAMMED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309B1BC7-DEPLOYMENT DATA

RECORD FULL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310B1BC8-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT

SENSORS PERFORMANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311B2101-IGNITION RUN/START INPUT

CIRCUIT LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316B2102-IGNITION RUN/START INPUT

CIRCUIT HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323B210D-BATTERY VOLTAGE LOW . . . . . . . . 326B210E-BATTERY VOLTAGE HIGH . . . . . . . . 330B212C-IGNITION RUN/START INPUT

CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333B212D-IGNITION RUN ONLY INPUT

CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338B2201-CALIBRATION MISMATCH . . . . . . . . 344B2205-ORIGINAL VIN MISSING/MISMATCH . 345B2206-CURRENT VIN MISSING/MISMATCH . 346B2207-OCCUPANT RESTRAINT

CONTROLLER INTERNAL 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349B2208-OCCUPANT RESTRAINT

CONTROLLER INTERNAL 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350B2209-OCCUPANT RESTRAINT

CONTROLLER INTERNAL 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351B220A-OCCUPANT RESTRAINT

CONTROLLER INTERNAL 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352B220B-OCCUPANT RESTRAINT

CONTROLLER FIRING STORED ENERGY. . 353

8O - 2 RESTRAINTS - ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS WK

B220C-OCCUPANT RESTRAINTCONTROLLER ACCELEROMETER 1INTERNAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354

B220D-OCCUPANT RESTRAINTCONTROLLER ACCELEROMETER 2INTERNAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355

B220F-OCCUPANT RESTRAINTCONTROLLER CONTROL DRIVER 1 . . . . . . 356

B2210-OCCUPANT RESTRAINTCONTROLLER CONTROL DRIVER 2 . . . . . . 357

B2212-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATIONMODULE INTERNAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358

B223B-VEHICLE CONFIGURATIONMISMATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360

B223D-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATIONMODULE DTC PRESENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362

U0019–CAN B BUS–OCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363U0019–CAN B BUS–ORC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366U0020-CAN B BUS OFF

PERFORMANCE–OCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369U0020-CAN B BUS OFF

PERFORMANCE–ORC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372U0022-CAN B BUS (+) CIRCUIT LOW . . . . . 375U0023-CAN B BUS (+) CIRCUIT HIGH . . . . . 375U0026-CAN B BUS (-) CIRCUIT HIGH . . . . . 375U0121-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)CONTROL MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375

U0141-LOST COMMUNICATION WITHFRONT CONTROL MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . 375

U0151-LOST COMMUNICATION WITHOCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER(ORC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375

U0154-LOST COMMUNICATION WITHOCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE . . . 375

U0155-LOST COMMUNICATION WITHCLUSTER/CCN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375

U0156-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH EOM . 375U0159-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH

PARKING ASSIST CONTROL MODULE . . . . 376U0164-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH HVAC

CONTROL MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376U0167-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH

INTRUSION TRANSCEIVER CONTROLMODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376

U0168-LOST COMMUNICATION WITHVEHICLE SECURITY CONTROL MODULE(SKREEM/WCM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376

U0169-LOST COMMUNICATION WITHSUNROOF CONTROL MODULE. . . . . . . . . . 376

U0170-LOST COMMUNICATION W/UP-FRONT LEFT SATELLITE ACCELERATIONSENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377

U0171-LOST COMMUNICATION W/UP-FRONT RIGHT SATELLITEACCELERATION SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383

U0172-LOST COMMUNICATION W/LEFTSIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATIONSENSOR 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389

U0173-LOST COMMUNICATION W/LEFTSIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATIONSENSOR 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395

U0175-LOST COMMUNICATION W/RIGHTSIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATIONSENSOR 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401

U0176-LOST COMMUNICATION W/RIGHTSIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATIONSENSOR 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407

U0184-LOST COMMUNICATION WITHRADIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413

U0186-LOST COMMUNICATION WITHAUDIO AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413

U0195-LOST COMMUNICATION WITHSDARS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413

U0196-LOST COMMUNICATION WITHVEHICLE ENTERTAINMENT CONTROLMODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413

U0197-LOST COMMUNICATION WITHHANDS FREE PHONE MODULE . . . . . . . . . 413

U0199-LOST COMMUNICATION WITHDRIVER DOOR MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413

U0200-LOST COMMUNICATION WITHPASSENGER DOOR MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . 413

U0208-LOST COMMUNICATION WITHHEATED SEAT CONTROL MODULE . . . . . . 413

U0209-LOST COMMUNICATION WITHMEMORY SEAT CONTROL MODULE . . . . . . 413

U1414-IMPLAUSIBLE/MISSING ECUCONFIGURATION DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414

U1415-IMPLAUSIBLE/MISSING VEHICLECONFIGURATION DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415

U0212-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH SCM -CAN-B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416

U0231-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH RAINSENSING MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416

U0241-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH AUTOHIGHBEAM HEADLAMP CONTROLMODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416

*DIAGNOSIS AND CHECKOUTPROCEDURE FOR SEAT WEIGHTSENSORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417

*OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 . . . . . . 421*ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 . . . . . . 423

SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . 424

RESTRAINTS - ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS

DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING

WK RESTRAINTS - ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS 8O - 3

B1203-SRS WARNING INDICATOR CIRCUIT/PERFORMANCE


B1203-SRS WARNING INDICATOR CIRCUIT/PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED)For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W .

• When Monitored:With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the CAN B bus for a message from theInstrument Cluster containing the airbag warning indicator status. The ORC requests the warning lamp statusfrom the Instrument Cluster once every second.

• Set Condition:This DTC will set immediately if the indicator status is LOW or HIGH.

Possible Causes

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ACTIVE DTCs

ORC

Diagnostic Test

1. CHECK FOR AN ACTIVE DTC

NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged.

NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be turned off and the battery mustbe disconnected.

Turn the ignition on, then off, and then on again.With the scan tool, read ORC DTCs.

Select DTC type.

ActiveGo To 2

StoredGo To 4

2. CHECK FOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER DTCsWith the scan tool, read Instrument Cluster DTCs.

Does the scan tool display any Instrument Cluster DTCs?

Yes >> Refer to the symptom list for problems related to the Instrument Cluster.Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNO-SIS AND TESTING)

No >> Go To 3

3. REPLACE THE ORC

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two min-utes before proceeding.

WARNING: If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure totake the proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and personal injury or death.

RepairReplace the ORC in accordance with the service information.Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNO-SIS AND TESTING)


B1203-SRS WARNING INDICATOR CIRCUIT/PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED)

4. TEST FOR INTERMITTENT CONDITIONWith the scan tool, record and erase all DTCs from all Airbag modules.If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two min-utes before proceeding.Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, orcontaminated terminals.The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem.Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.With the scan tool, monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing thefollowing steps.Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.If only stored codes return, continue the test until the problem area has been isolated.In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting the active DTC in ques-tion.

Does the scan tool display any ACTIVE DTCs?

Yes >> Select the appropriate diagnostic procedure from the Table of Contents in this section.

No >> No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.


B1204-PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT LOW


B1204-PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)For the Airbag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS).

For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W .

• When Monitored:With the ignition on.

• Set Condition:If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) cannot detect voltage on the (G104) Passenger Airbag IndicatorDriver circuit.

Possible Causes

(G104) PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND

PASSENGER AIRBAG ON/OFF INDICATOR LAMP

ORC

Diagnostic Test

1. VERIFY THAT DTC B1204 PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT LOW IS ACTIVE


NOTE: The scan tool, SRS Airbag Load Tool MRL 8443, and DVOM are required to perform the followingtest.

NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be turned off and the battery mustbe disconnected.Turn the ignition on.With the scan tool, read ORC DTCs.

Does the scan tool display active: B1204 PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT LOW?

Yes >> Go To 2

No >> Go To 5

2. CHECK FOR ACTIVE DTC B1204 PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT LOW WITH SWITCH BANKCONNECTOR DISCONNECTED

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two min-utes before proceeding.Disconnect the Switch Bank connector.

NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.With the scan tool, erase ORC DTCs.Turn the ignition off, wait 10 seconds, and then turn the ignition on.With the scan tool, read ORC DTCs.

Does the scan tool display active: B1204 PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT LOW?

Yes >> Go To 3

No >> Replace the Passenger Airbag On/Off Indicator Lamp in accordance with the Service Information.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSISAND TESTING)


B1204-PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)

3. CHECK (G104) PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND

WARNING: If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is droppedat any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper pre-cautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and personalinjury or death.

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Disconnect the ORC C2 connector.

NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Connect the appropriate Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC connec-tor.Measure the resistance of the (G104) Passenger Airbag IndicatorDriver circuit between ground and the ORC Adaptor.

Is the resistance below 100.0 ohms?

Yes >> Repair the (G104) Passenger Airbag Indicator Driver cir-cuit for a short to ground.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSISAND TESTING)

No >> Go To 4

4. REPLACE THE ORC



View Repair



B1204-PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)









B1205-PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT HIGH


B1205-PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)For the Airbag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS).



• Set Condition:If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) senses a low resistance to battery voltage on the (G104) Passen-ger Airbag Indicator Driver circuit.

Possible Causes

(G104) PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (F23) FUSED IGNITION SWITCHOUTPUT (RUN-START) CIRCUIT

(G104) PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE


ORC

Diagnostic Test

1. VERIFY THAT DTC B1205 PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT HIGH IS ACTIVE




Does the scan tool display active: B1205 PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT HIGH?

Yes >> Go To 2

No >> Go To 6


B1205-PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)

2. CHECK (G104) PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO (F23) FUSEDIGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) CIRCUIT


WARNING: If the Occupant Classification Module (OCM) isdropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take theproper precautions can result in accidental airbag deploymentand personal injury or death.

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Remove the Airbag Run-Start Fuse from the PDC.Disconnect the ORC C1 and C2 connectors.Disconnect the OCM C1 connector.Disconnect the Switch Bank connector.

NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Connect the appropriate Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC connec-tors.Measure the resistance between the (G104) Passenger Airbag Indicator Driver circuit and the (F23) Fused IgnitionSwitch Output (Run-Start) circuit in the Switch Bank connector.


Yes >> Repair the (G104) Passenger Airbag Indicator Driver circuit for a short to the (F23) Fused IgnitionSwitch Output (Run-Start) circuit.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSISAND TESTING)

No >> Go To 3

3. CHECK (G104) PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on,then reconnect the battery.Measure the voltage of the (G104) Passenger Airbag Indicator Drivercircuit.

Is there any voltage present?

Yes >> Repair the (G104) Passenger Airbag Indicator Driver cir-cuit for a short to voltage.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)

No >> Go To 4



4. CHECK FOR ACTIVE DTC B1205 PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT HIGH WITH SWITCH BANKCONNECTOR DISCONNECTED

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two min-utes before proceeding.Remove the Load Tool ORC Adaptor from the ORC connectors.Reconnect the ORC C1 and C2 connectors.Reconnect the OCM C1 connector.


Does the scan tool display active: B1205 PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT HIGH?

Yes >> Go To 5


5. REPLACE THE ORC





B1206-PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT OPEN


B1206-PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT OPEN (CONTINUED)For the Airbag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS).



• Set Condition:If the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) cannot detect voltage on the (G104) Passenger Airbag IndicatorDriver circuit.

Possible Causes

SWITCH BANK CONNECTOR DISCONNECTED

(G104) PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN


ORC

Diagnostic Test

1. VERIFY THAT DTC B1206 PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT OPEN IS ACTIVE




Does the scan tool display active: B1206 PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT OPEN?

Yes >> Go To 2

No >> Go To 6

2. VERIFY THAT SWITCH BANK CONNECTOR IS CONNECTEDTurn the ignition off.Gain access to the Switch Bank connector.

Is the Switch Bank connected to the dash harness?

Yes >> Go To 3

No >> Connect the Switch Bank to the dash harness.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSISAND TESTING)


B1206-PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT OPEN (CONTINUED)

3. CHECK (G104) PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT OPERATIONDisconnect the Switch Bank connector.Connect a Test Light between the (G104) Passenger Airbag Indicator Driver circuit and the (F23) Fused IgnitionSwitch Output (Run-Start) circuit in the Switch Bank connector.Turn the ignition on.With the scan tool, read ORC DTCs.

Does the scan tool display active: B1206 PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT OPEN?

Yes >> Go To 4


4. CHECK (G104) PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN



NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Connect the appropriate Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC connec-tor.Measure the resistance of the (G104) Passenger Airbag IndicatorDriver circuit between the ORC Adaptor and the Switch Bank connec-tor.


Yes >> Go To 5

No >> Repair the (G104) Passenger Airbag Indicator Driver cir-cuit for an open.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)


B1206-PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT OPEN (CONTINUED)

5. REPLACE THE ORC












B1207-PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER


B1207-PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER (CONTINUED)For the Airbag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS).



• Set Condition:When the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) detects over current on the (G104) Passenger Airbag IndicatorDriver circuit.

Possible Causes

(G104) PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (F23) FUSED IGNITION SWITCHOUTPUT (RUN-START) CIRCUIT

(G104) PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE


ORC

Diagnostic Test

1. VERIFY THAT DTC B1207 PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER IS ACTIVE




Does the scan tool display active: B1207 PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT SHORTEDTOGETHER?

Yes >> Go To 2

No >> Go To 6


B1207-PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER (CONTINUED)

2. CHECK (G104) PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO (F23) FUSEDIGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) CIRCUIT


WARNING: If the Occupant Classification Module (OCM) isdropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take theproper precautions can result in accidental airbag deploymentand personal injury or death.

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Remove the Airbag Run-Start Fuse from the PDC.Disconnect the ORC C1 and C2 connectors.Disconnect the OCM C1 connector.Disconnect the Switch Bank connector.

NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Connect the appropriate Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC connec-tors.Measure the resistance between the (G104) Passenger Airbag Indicator Driver circuit and the (F23) Fused IgnitionSwitch Output (Run-Start) circuit in the Switch Bank connector.


Yes >> Repair the (G104) Passenger Airbag Indicator Driver circuit for a short to the (F23 Fused Ignition SwitchOutput (Run-Start) circuit.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSISAND TESTING)

No >> Go To 3

3. CHECK (G104) PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on,then reconnect the battery.Measure the voltage of the (G104) Passenger Airbag Indicator Drivercircuit.


Yes >> Repair the (G104) Passenger Airbag Indicator Driver cir-cuit for a short to voltage.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)

No >> Go To 4



4. CHECK FOR ACTIVE DTC B1207 PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHERWITH SWITCH BANK CONNECTOR DISCONNECTED

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two min-utes before proceeding.Remove the Load Tool ORC Adaptor from the ORC connectors.Reconnect the ORC C1 and C2 connectors.Reconnect the OCM C1 connector.


Does the scan tool display active: B1207 PASSENGER AIRBAG INDICATOR CIRCUIT SHORTEDTOGETHER?

Yes >> Go To 5


5. REPLACE THE ORC





B1B00-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT LOW


B1B00-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIA-GRAMS).


• When Monitored:With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Driver Squib 1circuits.

• Set Condition:The ORC has detected low resistance on the Driver Squib 1 circuits.

Possible Causes

(R43) DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT OR (R45) DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND

STEERING CONTROL MODULE

DRIVER AIRBAG

ORC

Diagnostic Test

1. DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED DTC



NOTE: When reconnecting airbag system components the Ignition must be turned off and the Battery mustbe disconnected.Select Active or Stored DTC.

Is the DTC active or stored?

ORC - ACTIVE DTCGo To 2

ORC - STORED DTCGo To 6


B1B00-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)

2. CHECK FOR SHORTED SQUIB CIRCUITS IN DRIVER AIRBAG

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Disconnect the Driver Airbag Squib connectors.

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, do not place anintact undeployed airbag face down on a hard surface, the airbagwill propel into the air if accidentally deployed.

NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Connect the 8443 Load Tool and appropriate Jumper to the Driver Air-bag Squib connectors.

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on,then reconnect the battery.With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTC’s.

Does the scan tool display: B1B00 DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1CIRCUIT LOW?

Yes >> Go To 3

No >> Replace the Driver Airbag in accordance with the ServiceInformation.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)



3. CHECK CLOCKSPRING SQUIB CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool Jumper from the Driver Airbag Squibconnectors.Disconnect the Steering Control Module C2 connector.

NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Connect the 8443 Load Tool and appropriate Jumper to the SteeringControl Module C2 connector.



Yes >> Go To 4

No >> Replace the Steering Column Control Module in accor-dance with the Service Information.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)

4. CHECK (R43) DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT AND (R45) DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT FOR ASHORT TO GROUND

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Steering ControlModule C2 connector.Disconnect the ORC connectors.

NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Connect the 8443–24 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C2 connec-tor.Measure the resistance of the (R43) Driver Squib 1 Line 2 circuitbetween ground and the adapter.Measure the resistance of the (R45) Driver Squib 1 Line 1 circuitbetween ground and the adapter.

Is the resistance below 10K ohms for either measurement?

Yes >> Repair the Driver Squib 1 circuit(s) for a short to ground.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)

No >> Go To 5



5. REPLACE THE ORC


NOTE: When reconnecting airbag system components the Ignition must be turned off and the Battery mustbe disconnected.

RepairReplace the ORC in accordance with the Service Information.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSISAND TESTING)

6. STORED ORC DTCWith the scan tool, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag System Modules.If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.


WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated.In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question.

Are any ACTIVE DTCs present?




B1B01-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT HIGH


B1B01-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIA-GRAMS).


• When Monitored:With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the voltage on the Driver Squib 1 cir-cuits.

• Set Condition:The ORC has detected voltage on the Driver Squib 1 circuits.

Possible Causes

(R43) DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT OR (R45) DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY


DRIVER AIRBAG

ORC

Diagnostic Test









B1B01-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)






Does the scan tool display: B1B01 DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1CIRCUIT HIGH?

Yes >> Go To 3




3. CHECK CLOCKSPRING SQUIB CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO BATTERY

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Driver AirbagSquib connectors.Disconnect the Steering Control Module C2 connector.




Yes >> Go To 4

No >> Replace the Steering Control Module in accordance withthe Service Information.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)

4. CHECK (R43) DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT AND (R45) DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT FOR ASHORT TO BATTERY

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Steering ControlModule connector.Disconnect the ORC connectors.

NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C2 connector.

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on,then reconnect the battery.Measure the voltage of the (R43) Driver Squib 1 Line 2 circuit betweenthe adapter and ground.Measure the voltage of the (R45) Driver Squib 1 Line 1 circuit betweenthe adapter connector and ground.

Is there any voltage present for either measurement?

Yes >> Repair the Driver Squib 1 circuit(s) for a short to Battery.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSISAND TESTING)

No >> Go To 5



5. REPLACE THE ORC







WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated.In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC’s in question.

Are any ACTIVE DTC’s present?




B1B02-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN


B1B02-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN (CONTINUED)For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIA-GRAMS).



• Set Condition:The ORC has detected an open or high resistance on the Driver Squib 1 circuits.

Possible Causes

(R43) DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT OPEN



DRIVER AIRBAG

ORC

Diagnostic Test









B1B02-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN (CONTINUED)

2. CHECK FOR OPEN SQUIB CIRCUITS IN DRIVER AIRBAG





Does the scan tool display: B1B02 DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1CIRCUIT OPEN?

Yes >> Go To 3




3. CHECK CLOCKSPRING SQUIB CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN





Yes >> Go To 4


4. CHECK (R43) DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR ANOPEN


NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Connect the 8443–24 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C2 connec-tor.Measure the resistance of the (R43) Driver Squib 1 Line 2 circuitbetween the Steering Control Module connector and the ORC LoadTool Adaptor.

Is the resistance below 1.0 ohm?

Yes >> Go To 5

No >> Repair the (R43) Driver Squib 1 Line 2 circuit for an open.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)



5. CHECK (R45) DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN

Measure the resistance of the (R45) Driver Squib 1 Line 1 circuitbetween the Steering Control Module connector and the ORC LoadTool Adaptor.


Yes >> Go To 6


6. REPLACE THE ORC





B1B03-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER


B1B03-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER (CONTINUED)For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIA-GRAMS).



• Set Condition:The ORC has detected low resistance between the Driver Squib 1 circuits.

Possible Causes

(R43) DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (R45) DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT


DRIVER AIRBAG

ORC

Diagnostic Test









B1B03-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER (CONTINUED)


WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, do not place anintact undeployed airbag face down on a hard surface, the airbagwill propel into the air if accidentally deployed.Disconnect the Driver Airbag Squib connectors.



Does the scan tool display: B1B03 DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER?

Yes >> Go To 3




3. CHECK CLOCKSPRING SQUIB CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TOGETHER

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool ORC from the Driver Airbag Squibconnectors.Disconnect the Steering Control Module connector.

NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.With the Steering Control Module Connector attached to the steeringcolumn, connect the 8443 Load Tool and appropriate Jumper to theSteering Control Module C2 connector.



Yes >> Go To 4


4. CHECK (R43) DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO (R45) DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1CIRCUIT


NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C2 connector.Measure the resistance between the (R43) Driver Squib 1 Line 2 cir-cuit and the (R45) Driver Squib 1 Line 1 circuit at the adapter connec-tor.

Is the resistance below 10K ohms?

Yes >> Repair the (R43) Driver Squib 1 Line 2 circuit for a short tothe (R45) Driver Squib 1 Line 1 circuit.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)

No >> Go To 5



5. REPLACE THE ORC











B1B04-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT LOW


B1B04-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIA-GRAMS).



• Set Condition:The ORC has detected low resistance on the Driver Squib 2 circuits.

Possible Causes

(R63) DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 CIRCUIT OR (R61) DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND


DRIVER AIRBAG

ORC

Diagnostic Test
















Yes >> Go To 3


3. CHECK CLOCKSPRING SQUIB CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TOGROUND

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool Jumper from the Driver Airbag Squibconnectors.Disconnect the Steering Control Module C2 connector.




Yes >> Go To 4




4. CHECK (R63) DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 CIRCUIT AND (R61) DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR ASHORT TO GROUND


NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C2 connector.Measure the resistance of the (R63) Driver Squib 2 Line 1 circuitbetween ground and the adaptor.Measure the resistance of the (R61) Driver Squib 2 Line 2 circuitbetween ground and the adaptor.

Is the resistance below 10K ohms for either measurement?

Yes >> Repair the Driver Squib 2 circuit(s) for a short to ground.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)

No >> Go To 5

5. REPLACE THE ORC





B1B05-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT HIGH


B1B05-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIA-GRAMS).


• When Monitored:With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the voltage on the Driver Squib 2 cir-cuits.

• Set Condition:The ORC has detected voltage on the Driver Squib 2 circuits.

Possible Causes

(R63) DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 CIRCUIT OR (R61) DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY


DRIVER AIRBAG

ORC

Diagnostic Test



NOTE: The Scan Tool, SRS Airbag Load Tool MRL 8443 and DVOM are required to perform the followingtest.













Yes >> Go To 3


3. CHECK CLOCKSPRING SQUIB CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TOBATTERY


NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Connect the 8443 Load Tool and appropriate Jumper to the SteeringControl Module connector.



Yes >> Go To 4




4. CHECK (R63) DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 CIRCUIT AND (R61) DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR ASHORT TO BATTERY



WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on,then reconnect the battery.Measure the voltage of the (R63) Driver Squib 2 Line 1 circuit betweenthe Steering Control Module connector and ground.Measure the voltage of the (R61) Driver Squib 2 Line 2 circuit betweenthe Steering Control Module connector and ground.

Is there any voltage present for either measurement?

Yes >> Repair the Driver Squib 2 circuit(s) for a short to Battery.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSISAND TESTING)

No >> Go To 5

5. REPLACE THE ORC









WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated.In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC’s in question.





B1B06-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN


B1B06-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN (CONTINUED)For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIA-GRAMS).



• Set Condition:The ORC has detected an open or high resistance on the Driver Squib 2 circuits.

Possible Causes




DRIVER AIRBAG

ORC

Diagnostic Test










2. CHECK FOR OPEN SQUIB CIRCUITS IN DRIVER AIRBAG






Yes >> Go To 3


3. CHECK CLOCKSPRING SQUIB CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN





Yes >> Go To 4






NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C2 connector.Measure the resistance of the (R63) Driver Squib 2 Line 1 circuitbetween the adaptor connector and the ORC Load Tool Adaptor.


Yes >> Go To 5

No >> Repair the (R63) Driver Squib 2 Line 1 circuit for an open-.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8- ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)




Measure the resistance of the (R61) Driver Squib 2 Line 2 circuitbetween the Steering Control Module connector and the ORC LoadTool Adaptor.


Yes >> Go To 6


6. REPLACE THE ORC





B1B07-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER


B1B07-DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER (CONTINUED)For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIA-GRAMS).



• Set Condition:The ORC has detected low resistance between the Driver Squib 2 circuits.

Possible Causes

(R63) DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (R61) DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 2 CIRCUIT


DRIVER AIRBAG

ORC

Diagnostic Test



NOTE: The Scan Tool, SRS Airbag Load Tool MRL 8443 and DVOM are required to perform the followingtest.









WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, do not place anintact undeployed airbag face down on a hard surface, the airbagwill propel into the air if accidentally deployed.Disconnect the Driver Airbag Squib connectors.




Yes >> Go To 3


3. CHECK CLOCKSPRING SQUIB CIRCUITS FOR A SHORTTOGETHER

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool ORC from the Driver Airbag Squibconnectors.Disconnect the Steering Control Module C2 connector.




Yes >> Go To 4




4. CHECK (R63) DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO (R61) DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 2CIRCUIT


NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C2 connector.Measure the resistance between the (R63) Driver Squib 2 Line 1 cir-cuit and the (R61) Driver Squib 2 Line 2 circuit at the adaptor.


Yes >> Repair the (R63) Driver Squib 2 Line 1 circuit for a short tothe (R61) Driver Squib 2 Line 2 circuit.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)

No >> Go To 5

5. REPLACE THE ORC





B1B08-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT LOW


B1B08-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIA-GRAMS).


• When Monitored:With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Passenger Squib1 circuits.

• Set Condition:The ORC has detected low resistance on the Passenger Squib 1 circuits.

Possible Causes

(R42) PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT OR (R44) PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGROUND

PASSENGER AIRBAG

ORC

Diagnostic Test









B1B08-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)

2. CHECK FOR SHORTED SQUIB CIRCUITS IN PASSENGER AIRBAG

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Disconnect the Passenger Airbag Squib connector.


NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Connect the 8443 Load Tool to the Passenger Airbag Squib connector.


Does the scan tool display: B1B08 PASSENGER AIRBAGSQUIB 1 CIRCUIT LOW?

Yes >> Go To 3

No >> Replace the Passenger Airbag in accordance with the Ser-vice Information.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)

3. CHECK (R42) PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT AND (R44) PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUITFOR A SHORT TO GROUND

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool from the Passenger Airbag Squib con-nector.Disconnect the ORC connectors.

NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C2 connector.Measure the resistance of the (R42) Passenger Squib 1 Line 2 circuitbetween ground and the adaptor.Measure the resistance of the (R44) Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 circuitbetween ground and the adaptor.

Is the resistance below 10K ohms on either circuit?

Yes >> Repair the Passenger Squib 1 circuit(s) for a short toground.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)

No >> Go To 4


B1B08-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)

4. REPLACE THE ORC











B1B09-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT HIGH


B1B09-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIA-GRAMS).


• When Monitored:With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the voltage on the Passenger Squib 1circuits.

• Set Condition:When the ORC has detected voltage on the Passenger Squib 1 circuits.

Possible Causes

(R42) PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT OR (R44) PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOBATTERY

PASSENGER AIRBAG

ORC

Diagnostic Test









B1B09-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)






Does the scan tool display: B1B09 PASSENGER AIRBAGSQUIB 1 CIRCUIT HIGH?

Yes >> Go To 3


3. CHECK (R42) PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT AND (R44) PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUITFOR A SHORT TO BATTERY


NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C2 connector.Measure the voltage of the (R42) Passenger Squib 1 Line 2 circuitbetween the adaptor and ground.Measure the voltage of the (R44) Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 circuitbetween the adaptor and ground.

Is there any voltage present on either circuit?

Yes >> Repair the Passenger Squib 1 circuit(s) for a short to bat-tery.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)

No >> Go To 4


B1B09-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)

4. REPLACE THE ORC












B1B0A-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN


B1B0A-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN (CONTINUED)For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIA-GRAMS).



• Set Condition:The ORC has detected an open or high resistance on the Passenger Squib 1 circuits.

Possible Causes

(R42) PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT OPEN


PASSENGER AIRBAG

ORC

Diagnostic Test









B1B0A-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN (CONTINUED)

2. CHECK FOR OPEN SQUIB CIRCUITS IN PASSENGER AIRBAG




Does the scan tool display: B1B0A PASSENGER AIRBAGSQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN?

Yes >> Go To 3


3. CHECK (R42) PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR ANOPEN


NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C2 connector.Measure the resistance of the (R42) Passenger Squib 1 Line 2 circuitbetween the Passenger Airbag Squib connector and the 8443 ORCAdaptor.


Yes >> Go To 4

No >> Repair the (R42) Passenger Squib 1 Line 2 circuit for anopen.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)



4. CHECK (R44) PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN

Measure the resistance of the (R44) Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 circuitbetween the Passenger Airbag Squib connector and the 8443 ORCAdaptor.


Yes >> Go To 5


5. REPLACE THE ORC



If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.



B1B0B-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER


B1B0B-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER (CONTINUED)For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIA-GRAMS).



• Set Condition:The ORC has detected low resistance between the Passenger Squib 1 circuits.

Possible Causes

(R42) PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (R44) PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT

PASSENGER AIRBAG

ORC

Diagnostic Test









B1B0B-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER (CONTINUED)





Does the scan tool display: B1B0B PASSENGER AIRBAGSQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER?

Yes >> Go To 3


3. CHECK (R42) PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO (R44) PASSENGER SQUIB 1LINE 1 CIRCUIT


NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C2 connector.Measure the resistance between the (R42) Passenger Squib 1 Line 2circuit and the (R44) Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 circuit at the ORCadaptor.


Yes >> Repair the (R42) Passenger Squib 1 Line 2 circuit for ashort to the (R44) Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 circuit.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)

No >> Go To 4


B1B0B-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER (CONTINUED)

4. REPLACE THE ORC











B1B0C-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT LOW


B1B0C-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIA-GRAMS).



• Set Condition:The ORC has detected low resistance on the Passenger Squib 2 circuits.

Possible Causes

(R64) PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 CIRCUIT OR (R62) PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGROUND

PASSENGER AIRBAG

ORC

Diagnostic Test









B1B0C-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)






Does the scan tool display: B1B0C PASSENGER AIRBAGSQUIB 2 CIRCUIT LOW?

Yes >> Go To 3


3. CHECK (R64) PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 CIRCUIT AND (R62) PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 2 CIRCUITFOR A SHORT TO GROUND


NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C2 connector.Measure the resistance of the (R64) Passenger Squib 2 Line 1 circuitbetween ground and the Passenger Airbag Squib connector.Measure the resistance of the (R62) Passenger Squib 2 Line 2 circuitbetween ground and the ORC adaptor.


Yes >> Repair the Passenger Squib 2 circuit(s) for a short toground.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)

No >> Go To 4


B1B0C-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)

4. REPLACE THE ORC











B1B0D-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT HIGH


B1B0D-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIA-GRAMS).


• When Monitored:With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the voltage of the Passenger Squib 2circuits.

• Set Condition:The ORC has detected voltage on the Passenger Squib 2 circuits.

Possible Causes

(R64) PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 CIRCUIT OR (R62) PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOBATTERY

PASSENGER AIRBAG

ORC

Diagnostic Test









B1B0D-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)






Does the scan tool display: B1B0D PASSENGER AIRBAGSQUIB 2 CIRCUIT HIGH?

Yes >> Go To 3


3. CHECK (R64) PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 CIRCUIT AND (R62) PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 2 CIRCUITFOR A SHORT TO BATTERY


NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C2 connector.Measure the voltage of the (R64) Passenger Squib 2 Line 1 circuitbetween the ORC adaptor and ground.Measure the voltage of the (R62) Passenger Squib 2 Line 2 circuitbetween the ORC adaptor and ground.


Yes >> Repair the Passenger Squib 2 circuit(s) for a short to bat-tery.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)

No >> Go To 4


B1B0D-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)

4. REPLACE THE ORC












B1B0E-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN


B1B0E-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN (CONTINUED)For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIA-GRAMS).



• Set Condition:The ORC has detected an open or high resistance on the Passenger Squib 2 circuits.

Possible Causes


(R62) PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 2 CIRUCIT OPEN

PASSENGER AIRBAG

ORC

Diagnostic Test









B1B0E-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN (CONTINUED)

2. CHECK FOR OPEN SQUIB CIRCUITS IN PASSENGER AIRBAG





Does the scan tool display: B1B0E PASSENGER AIRBAGSQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN?

Yes >> Go To 3


3. CHECK (R64) PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 CIRCUIT FOR ANOPEN


NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C2 connector.Measure the resistance of the (R64) Passenger Squib 2 Line 1 circuitbetween the Passenger Airbag Squib connector and the 8443 LoadTool ORC Adaptor.


Yes >> Go to 4




4. CHECK (R62) PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN

Measure the resistance of the (R62) Passenger Squib 2 Line 2 circuitbetween the Passenger Airbag Squib connector and the 8443 LoadTool ORC Adaptor.


Yes >> Go To 5


5. REPLACE THE ORC








WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.If codes are related to the Passenger Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated.In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question.





B1B0F-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER


B1B0F-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER (CONTINUED)For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIA-GRAMS).



• Set Condition:The ORC has detected low resistance between the Passenger Squib 2 circuits.

Possible Causes

(R64) PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (R62) PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 2 CIRCUIT

PASSENGER AIRBAG

ORC

Diagnostic Test









B1B0F-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER (CONTINUED)





WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on,then reconnect the batteryWith the scan tool, read the active ORC DTC’s.

Does the scan tool display: B1B0F PASSENGER AIRBAGSQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER?

Yes >> Go To 3


3. CHECK (R64) PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO (R62) PASSENGER SQUIB 2LINE 2 CIRCUIT


NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C2 connector.Measure the resistance between the (R64) Passenger Squib 2 Line 1circuit and the (R62) Passenger Squib 2 Line 2 circuit at the ORCadaptor.


Yes >> Repair the (R64) Passenger Squib 2 Line 1 circuit for ashort to the (R62) Passenger Squib 2 Line 2 circuit.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)

No >> Go to 4


B1B0F-PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER (CONTINUED)

4. REPLACE THE ORC











B1B18-LEFT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT LOW


B1B18-LEFT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIA-GRAMS).


• When Monitored:With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Left Curtain Squib1 circuits.

• Set Condition:The ORC has detected low resistance of the Left Curtain Squib 1 circuits.

Possible Causes

(R3) LEFT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT OR (R1) LEFT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT SHORTEDTO GROUND

LEFT SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG

ORC

Diagnostic Test









B1B18-LEFT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)

2. CHECK FOR SHORTED SQUIB CIRCUITS IN LEFT SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Disconnect the Left Side Curtain Airbag connector.

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, do not place anintact undeployed curtain airbag face down on a hard surface, theairbag will propel into the air if accidentally deployed.

NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Connect the 8443 Load Tool and appropriate Jumper to the Left SideCurtain Airbag connector.


Does the scan tool display: B1B18 LEFT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB1 CIRCUIT LOW?

Yes >> Go To 3

No >> Replace the Left Side Curtain Airbag in accordance withthe Service Information.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)

3. CHECK (R3) LEFT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT AND (R1) LEFT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 2CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Left Side CurtainAirbag connector.Disconnect the ORC connectors.

NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C1 connector.Measure the resistance of the (R3) Left Curtain Squib 1 Line 1 circuitbetween ground and the ORC adaptor.Measure the resistance of the (R1) Left Curtain Squib 1 Line 2 circuitbetween ground and the ORC adaptor.


Yes >> Repair the Left Curtain Squib 1 circuit(s) for a short toground.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)

No >> Go To 4


B1B18-LEFT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)

4. REPLACE THE ORC






WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.IF only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated.In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question.





B1B19-LEFT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT HIGH


B1B19-LEFT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIA-GRAMS).


• When Monitored:With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the voltage on the Left Curtain Squib 1circuits.

• Set Condition:The ORC has detected voltage on the Left Curtain Squib 1 circuits.

Possible Causes

(R3) LEFT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT OR (R1) LEFT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT SHORTEDTO BATTERY


ORC

Diagnostic Test









B1B19-LEFT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)






Does the scan tool display: B1B19 LEFT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB1 CIRCUIT HIGH?

Yes >> Go To 3


3. CHECK (R3) LEFT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT AND (R1) LEFT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 2CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO BATTERY


NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C1 connector.Measure the voltage of the (R3) Left Curtain Squib 1 Line 1 circuitbetween the ORC adaptor and ground.Measure the voltage of the (R1) Left Curtain Squib 1 Line 2 circuitbetween the ORC adaptor and ground.


Yes >> Repair the Left Curtain Squib 1 circuit(s) for a short to bat-tery.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)

No >> Go To 4


B1B19-LEFT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)

4. REPLACE THE ORC






WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off then disconnect the battery and wait twominutes before proceeding.Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, orcontaminated terminals.The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem.Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.






B1B1A-LEFT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN


B1B1A-LEFT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN (CONTINUED)For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIA-GRAMS).



• Set Condition:The ORC has detected an open or high resistance on the Left Curtain Squib 1 circuits.

Possible Causes

(R3) LEFT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT OPEN

(R1) LEFT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT OPEN


ORC

Diagnostic Test









B1B1A-LEFT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN (CONTINUED)

2. CHECK FOR OPEN SQUIB CIRCUITS IN LEFT SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG





Does the scan tool display: B1B1A LEFT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB1 CIRCUIT OPEN?

Yes >> Go To 3


3. CHECK (R3) LEFT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT FORAN OPEN


NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C1 connector.Measure the resistance of the (R3) Left Curtain Squib 1 Line 1 circuitbetween the Left Side Curtain Airbag connector and the Load ToolORC Adaptor.


Yes >> Go To 4

No >> Repair the (R3) Left Curtain Squib 1 Line 1 circuit for anopen. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Referto 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS ANDTESTING)



4. CHECK (R1) LEFT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN

Measure the resistance of the (R1) Left Curtain Squib 1 Line 2 circuitbetween the Left Side Curtain Airbag connector and the Load ToolORC Adaptor.


Yes >> Go To 5

No >> Repair the (R1) Left Curtain Squib 1 Line 2 circuit for anopen.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)

5. REPLACE THE ORC





B1B1B-LEFT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER


B1B1B-LEFT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER (CONTINUED)For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIA-GRAMS).



• Set Condition:The ORC has detected low resistance between the Left Curtain Squib 1 circuits.

Possible Causes

(R3) LEFT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (R1) LEFT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT


ORC

Diagnostic Test









B1B1B-LEFT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER (CONTINUED)






Does the scan tool display: B1B1B LEFT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER?

Yes >> Go To 3


3. CHECK (R3) LEFT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO (R1) LEFT CURTAIN SQUIB 1LINE 2 CIRCUIT


NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C1 connector.Measure the resistance between the (R3) Left Curtain Squib 1 Line 1circuit and the (R1) Left Curtain Squib 1 Line 2 circuit at the ORCadaptor.


Yes >> Repair the (R3) Left Curtain Squib 1 Line 1 circuit for ashort to the (R1) Left Curtain Squib 1 Line 2 circuit.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)

No >> Go To 4


B1B1B-LEFT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER (CONTINUED)

4. REPLACE THE ORC











B1B20-RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT LOW


B1B20-RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIA-GRAMS).


• When Monitored:With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Right CurtainSquib 1 circuits.

• Set Condition:The ORC has detected low resistance on the Right Curtain Squib 1 circuits.

Possible Causes

(R4) RIGHT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT OR (R2) RIGHT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUITSHORTED TO GROUND

RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG

ORC

Diagnostic Test









B1B20-RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)

2. CHECK FOR SHORTED SQUIB CIRCUITS IN RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Disconnect the Right Side Curtain Airbag connector.


NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Connect the 8443 Load Tool and appropriate Jumper to the Right SideCurtain Airbag connector.


Does the scan tool display: B1B20 RIGHT SIDE CURTAINSQUIB 1 CIRCUIT LOW?

Yes >> Go To 3

No >> Replace the Right Side Curtain Airbag in accordance withthe Service Information.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)

3. CHECK (R4) RIGHT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT AND (R2) RIGHT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 2CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Right Side Cur-tain Airbag connector.Disconnect the ORC connectors.

NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C1 connector.Measure the resistance of the (R4) Right Curtain Squib 1 Line 1 circuitbetween ground and the ORC adaptor.Measure the resistance of the (R2) Right Curtain Squib 1 Line 2 circuitbetween ground and the ORC adaptor.


Yes >> Repair the Right Curtain Squib 1 circuit(s) for a short toground.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)

No >> Go to 4


B1B20-RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)

4. REPLACE THE ORC











B1B21-RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT HIGH


B1B21-RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIA-GRAMS).


• When Monitored:With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the voltage on the Right Curtain Squib1 circuits.

• Set Condition:When the ORC detects voltage on the Right Curtain Squib 1 circuits.

Possible Causes

(R4) RIGHT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT OR (R2) RIGHT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUITSHORTED TO BATTERY


ORC

Diagnostic Test









B1B21-RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)



WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, do not place anintact uncoupled curtain airbag face down on a hard surface, theairbag will propel into the air if accidentally deployed.



Does the scan tool display: B1B21 RIGHT SIDE CURTAINSQUIB 1 CIRCUIT HIGH?

Yes >> Go To 3


3. CHECK (R4) RIGHT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT AND (R2) RIGHT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 2CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO BATTERY


NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C1 connector.Measure the voltage of the (R4) Right Curtain Squib 1 Line 1 circuitbetween the ORC adaptor and ground.Measure the voltage of the (R2) Right Curtain Squib 1 Line 2 circuitbetween the ORC adaptor and ground.


Yes >> Repair the Right Curtain Squib 1 circuit(s) for a short tobattery.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)

No >> Go to 4


B1B21-RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)

4. REPLACE THE ORC










No >> No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer


B1B22-RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN


B1B22-RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN (CONTINUED)For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIA-GRAMS).



• Set Condition:When the ORC has detects an open or high resistance on the Right Curtain Squib 1 circuits.

Possible Causes

(R4) RIGHT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT OPEN

(R2) RIGHT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT OPEN


ORC

Diagnostic Test









B1B22-RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN (CONTINUED)

2. CHECK FOR OPEN SQUIB CIRCUITS IN RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG





Does the scan tool display: B1B22 RIGHT SIDE CURTAINSQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN?

Yes >> Go to 3


3. CHECK (R4) RIGHT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT FORAN OPEN


NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C1 connector.Measure the resistance of the (R4) Right Curtain Squib 1 Line 1 circuitbetween the Right Side Curtain Airbag connector and the 8443 ORCAdaptor.


Yes >> Go To 4

No >> Repair the (R4) Right Curtain Squib 1 Line 1 circuit for anopen. Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Referto 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS ANDTESTING)



4. CHECK (R2) RIGHT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN

Measure the resistance of the (R2) Right Curtain Squib 1 Line 2 circuitbetween the Right Side Curtain Airbag connector and the 8443 ORCAdaptor.


Yes >> Go To 5

No >> Repair the (R2) Right Curtain Squib 1 Line 2 circuit for anopen.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)

5. REPLACE THE ORC





B1B23-RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER


B1B23-RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER (CONTINUED)For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIA-GRAMS).



• Set Condition:The ORC has detected low resistance between the Right Curtain Squib 1 circuits.

Possible Causes

(R4) RIGHT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (R2) RIGHT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 2CIRCUIT


ORC

Diagnostic Test









B1B23-RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER (CONTINUED)






Does the scan tool display: B1B23 RIGHT SIDE CURTAINSQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER?

Yes >> Go to 3


3. CHECK (R4) RIGHT CURTAIN SQUIB 1 LINE 1 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO (R2) RIGHT CURTAIN SQUIB 1LINE 2 CIRCUIT


NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C1 connector.Measure the resistance between the (R4) Right Curtain Squib 1 Line 1circuit and the (R2) Right Curtain Squib 1 Line 2 circuit at the ORCadaptor.


Yes >> Repair the (R4) Right Curtain Squib 1 Line 1 circuit for ashort to the (R2) Right Curtain Squib 1 Line 2 circuit.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)

No >> Go to 4


B1B23-RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER (CONTINUED)

4. REPLACE THE ORC











B1B28-1st ROW DRIVER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT LOWFor the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIA-GRAMS).


• When Monitored:With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Driver Seat BeltTensioner circuits.

• Set Condition:The ORC has detected low resistance on the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner circuits.

Possible Causes

(R55) DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT OR (R53) DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 2CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND

DRIVER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER

ORC

Diagnostic Test








2. CHECK FOR SHORTED DRIVER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two min-utes before proceeding.Disconnect the Driver Seat Belt Pretensioner connector.

NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Connect the 8443 Load Tool and appropriate Jumper to the Driver Seat Belt Pretensioner connector.

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTC’s.

Does the scan tool display: B1B28 1st ROW DRIVER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT LOW?

Yes >> Go To 3

No >> Replace the Driver Seat Belt Pretensioner in accordance with the Service Information.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSISAND TESTING)


B1B28-1st ROW DRIVER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)

3. CHECK (R55) DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT AND (R53) DRIVER SEAT BELTTENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Driver Seat BeltPretensioner connector.Disconnect the ORC connectors.

NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C1 connector.Measure the resistance of the (R55) Driver Seat Belt Tensioner Line 1circuit between ground and the ORC adaptor.Measure the resistance of the (R53) Driver Seat Belt Tensioner Line 2circuit between ground and the ORC adaptor.


Yes >> Repair the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner circuit(s) for a shortto ground.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)

No >> Go To 4

4. REPLACE THE ORC





B1B28-1st ROW DRIVER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)








B1B29-1ST ROW DRIVER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT HIGHFor the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIA-GRAMS).


• When Monitored:With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the voltage on the Driver Seat BeltTensioner circuits.

• Set Condition:The ORC detects voltage on the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner circuits.

Possible Causes

(R55) DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT OR (R53) DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 2CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY


ORC

Diagnostic Test












Does the scan tool display: B1B29 1st ROW DRIVER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT HIGH?

Yes >> Go To 3



B1B29-1ST ROW DRIVER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)

3. CHECK (R55) DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT AND (R53) DRIVER SEAT BELTTENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO BATTERY


NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C1 connector.Measure the voltage of the (R55) Driver Seat Belt Tensioner Line 1circuit between the Driver Seat Belt Pretensioner connector andground.Measure the voltage of the (R53) Driver Seat Belt Tensioner Line 2circuit between the Driver Seat Belt Pretensioner connector andground.


Yes >> Repair the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner circuits with voltagepresent for a short to battery.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSISAND TESTING)

No >> Go To 4

4. REPLACE THE ORC






B1B29-1ST ROW DRIVER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)








B1B2A-1st ROW DRIVER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT OPENFor the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIA-GRAMS).



• Set Condition:The ORC has detected an open or high resistance on the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner circuits.

Possible Causes

(R55) DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT OR (R53) DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 2CIRCUIT OPEN


ORC

Diagnostic Test








2. CHECK FOR OPEN DRIVER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER




Does the scan tool display: B1B2A 1st ROW DRIVER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN?

Yes >> Go To 3



B1B2A-1st ROW DRIVER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN (CONTINUED)

3. CHECK (R55) DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two min-utes before proceeding.Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Driver Seat Belt Pretensioner connector.Disconnect the ORC connectors.

NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C1 connector.Measure the resistance of the (R55) Driver Seat Belt Tensioner Line 1 circuit between the Driver Seat Belt Preten-sioner connector and the 8443 ORC Adaptor.


Yes >> Go To 4

No >> Repair the (R55) Driver Seat Belt Tensioner Line 1 circuit for and open.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSISAND TESTING)

4. CHECK (R53) DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR AN OPENMeasure the resistance of the (R53) Driver Seat Belt Tensioner Line 2 circuit between the Driver Seat Belt Preten-sioner connector and the 8443 ORC Adaptor.


Yes >> Go To 5

No >> Repair the (R53) Driver Seat Belt Tensioner Line 2 circuit for and open.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSISAND TESTING)

5. REPLACE THE ORC



RepairReplace the ORC in accordance with Service Information.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSISAND TESTING)


B1B2A-1st ROW DRIVER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN (CONTINUED)


WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BAT-TERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, orcontaminated terminals.The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem.Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.

WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THEBATTERY.With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated.In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question.





B1B2B-1st ROW DRIVER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORTEDTOGETHERFor the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIA-GRAMS).



• Set Condition:The ORC has detected low resistance between the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner circuits.

Possible Causes

(R55) DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (R53) DRIVER SEAT BELTTENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT


ORC

Diagnostic Test

1. SELECT ACTIVE OR STORED DTC








WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two min-utes before proceeding.Disconnect the Driver Seatbelt Pretensioner connector.


WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on then reconnect the battery.With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTC’s.

Does the scan tool display: B1B2B 1st ROW DRIVER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORTEDTOGETHER?

Yes >> Go To 3



B1B2B-1st ROW DRIVER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER (CONTINUED)

3. CHECK (R55) DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO (R53) DRIVER SEATBELT TENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT


NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C1 connector.Measure the resistance between the (R55) Driver Seat Belt TensionerLine 1 circuit and the (R53) Driver Seat Belt Tensioner Line 2 circuit atthe ORC adaptor.


Yes >> Repair the (R55) Driver Seat Belt Tensioner Line 1 circuitfor a short to the (R53) Driver Seat Belt Tensioner Line 2circuit.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)

No >> Go To 4

4. REPLACE THE ORC





B1B2B-1st ROW DRIVER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER (CONTINUED)








B1B2C-1st ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT LOWFor the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIA-GRAMS).


• When Monitored:With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the resistance of the Passenger SeatBelt Tensioner circuits.

• Set Condition:The ORC has detected low resistance on the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner circuits.

Possible Causes

(R56) PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT OR (R54) PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONERLINE 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND

PASSENGER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER

ORC

Diagnostic Test








2. CHECK FOR SHORTED PASSENGER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two min-utes before proceeding.Disconnect the Passenger Seat Belt Pretensioner connector.

NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Connect the 8443 Load Tool and appropriate Jumper to the Passenger Seat Belt Pretensioner connector.


Does the scan tool display: B1B2C 1st ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT LOW?

Yes >> Go To 3

No >> Replace the Passenger Seat Belt Pretensioner in accordance with the Service Information.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSISAND TESTING)


B1B2C-1st ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)

3. CHECK (R56) PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT AND (R54) PASSENGER SEATBELT TENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Passenger SeatBelt Pretensioner connector.Disconnect the ORC connectors.

NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C1 connector.Measure the resistance of the (R56) Passenger Seat Belt TensionerLine 1 circuit between ground and the ORD adaptor.Measure the resistance of the (R54) Passenger Seat Belt TensionerLine 2 circuit between ground and the ORC adaptor.


Yes >> Repair the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner circuit(s) for ashort to ground.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)

No >> Go To 4

4. REPLACE THE ORC





B1B2C-1st ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)








B1B2D-1st ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT HIGHFor the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIA-GRAMS).


• When Monitored:With the ignition on, the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) monitors the voltage on the Passenger Seat BeltTensioner circuits.

• Set Condition:The ORC detects voltage on the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner circuits.

Possible Causes

(R56) PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT OR (R54) PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONERLINE 2 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY


ORC

Diagnostic Test












Does the scan tool display: B1B2D 1st ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT HIGH?

Yes >> Go To 3



B1B2D-1st ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)

3. CHECK (R56) PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT AND (R54) PASSENGER SEATBELT TENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO BATTERY



WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on,then reconnect the battery.Measure the voltage of the (R56) Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner Line1 circuit between the ORC adaptor and ground.Measure the voltage of the (R54) Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner Line2 circuit between the ORC adaptor and ground.


Yes >> Repair the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner circuit9s0 for ashort to battery.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSISAND TESTING)

No >> Go To 4

4. OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER






B1B2D-1st ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)






No >> No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer


B1B2E-1st ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT OPENFor the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIA-GRAMS).



• Set Condition:The ORC has detected an open or high resistance on the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner circuits.

Possible Causes

(R56) PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT OR (R54) PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONERLINE 2 CIRCUIT OPEN


ORC

Diagnostic Test








2. CHECK FOR OPEN PASSENGER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER




Does the scan tool display: B1B2E 1st ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN?

Yes >> Go To 3



B1B2E-1st ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN (CONTINUED)

3. CHECK (R56) PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two min-utes before proceeding.Disconnect the 8443 Load Tool and Jumper from the Passenger Seat Belt Pretensioner connector.Disconnect the ORC connectors.

NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C1 connector.Measure the resistance of the (R56) Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner Line 1 circuit between the Passenger Seat BeltPretensioner connector and the 8443 ORC Adaptor.


Yes >> Go To 4

No >> Repair the (R56) Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner Line 1 circuit for an open.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSISAND TESTING)

4. CHECK (R54) PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT FOR AN OPENMeasure the resistance of the (R54) Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner Line 2 circuit between the Passenger Seat BeltPretensioner connector and the 8443 ORC Adaptor.


Yes >> Go to 5

No >> Repair the (R54) Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner Line 2 circuit for an open.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSISAND TESTING)

5. REPLACE THE ORC



RepairReplace the ORC in accordance with Service Information.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSISAND TESTING)


B1B2E-1st ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN (CONTINUED)








B1B2F-1st ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORTEDTOGETHERFor the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIA-GRAMS).



• Set Condition:The ORC has detected low resistance between the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner circuits.

Possible Causes

(R56) PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (R54) PASSENGER SEAT BELTTENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT


ORC

Diagnostic Test











WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on then reconnect the battery.With the scan tool, read the active ORC DTC’s.

Does the scan tool display: B1B2F 1st ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUITSHORTED TOGETHER?

Yes >> Go To 3



B1B2F-1st ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER (CONTINUED)

3. CHECK (R56) PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1 CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO THE (R54)PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 2 CIRCUIT


NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the ORC C1 connector.Measure the resistance between the (R56) Passenger Seat Belt Ten-sioner Line 1 circuit and the (R54) Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner Line2 circuit at the ORC adaptor.


Yes >> Repair the (R56) Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner Line 1circuit for a short to the (R54) Passenger Seat Belt Ten-sioner Line 2 circuit.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)

No >> Go to 4

4. REPLACE THE ORC





B1B2F-1st ROW PASSENGER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORTED TOGETHER (CONTINUED)








B1B70-UP-FRONT LEFT SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR INTERNAL


B1B70-UP-FRONT LEFT SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR INTERNAL (CONTINUED)For the Airbag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS).


• When Monitored:The Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) continuously communicates with the Front Left Impact Sensor overthe sensor signal circuit. The sensor communication and on board diagnostics are powered by the ORC signal.

• Set Condition:This code will set, if the ORC and the Front Left Impact Sensor do not establish and maintain valid data com-munications.

Possible Causes

(R79) SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY

(R79) SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND

(R79, R81) FRONT LEFT IMPACT SENSOR CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER

(R81) FRONT LEFT IMPACT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN

(R79) FRONT LEFT IMPACT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN

ORC, FRONT LEFT IMPACT SENSOR

Diagnostic Test

1. VERIFY THAT DTC B1B70-UP-FRONT LEFT SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR INTERNAL IS ACTIVE



Does the scan tool display active: B1B70-UP-FRONT LEFT SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR INTER-NAL?

Yes >> Go To 2

No >> Go To 9


B1B70-UP-FRONT LEFT SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR INTERNAL (CONTINUED)

2. CHECK THE (R79, R81) FRONT LEFT IMPACT SENSOR SIGNAL AND GROUND CIRCUITS FOR A SHORTTO BATTERY

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Disconnect the Front Left Impact Sensor connector.Disconnect the ORC connector.

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on,then reconnect the battery.Measure the voltage of the (R79) Front Left Impact Sensor Signal cir-cuit and (R81) Sensor Ground circuit at the Front Left Impact Sensorconnector and ground.


Yes >> Repair the (R79, R81) Front Left Impact Sensor circuits fora short to battery.Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No >> Go To 3

3. CHECK THE (R79) FRONT LEFT IMPACT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Measure the resistance of the (R79) Front Left Impact Sensor Signalcircuit between the Front Left Impact Sensor connector and ground.


Yes >> Repair the (R79) Front Left Impact Sensor Signal circuitfor a short to ground.Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No >> Go To 4



4. CHECK THE (R79, R81) FRONT LEFT IMPACT SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TOGETHER

Measure the resistance between the (R79) Front Left Impact SensorSignal and (R81) Sensor Ground circuits at the Front Left Impact Sen-sor connector.


Yes >> Repair the (R79, R81) Front Left Impact Sensor circuitsshorted together.Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No >> Go To 5

5. CHECK THE (R81) FRONT LEFT IMPACT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN OR HIGHRESISTANCE

Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the Occupant RestraintControl Module connector.Measure the resistance of the (R81) Front Left Impact Sensor Groundcircuit between the Front Left Impact Sensor connector and the 8443Load Tool ORC Adaptor.

Is the resistance below 1 ohm?

Yes >> Go To 6

No >> Repair the (R81) Front Left Impact Sensor 1 Ground cir-cuit for an open or high resistance.Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.



6. CHECK THE (R79) FRONT LEFT IMPACT SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE

Measure the resistance of the (R79) Front Left Impact Sensor Groundcircuit between the Front Left Impact Sensor connector and the 8443Load Tool ORC Adaptor.


Yes >> Go To 7

No >> Repair the (R79) Front Left Impact Sensor Signal circuitfor an open or high resistance.Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

7. CHECK OPERATION OF THE FRONT LEFT IMPACT SENSORReplace the Front Left Impact Sensor.Reconnect the vehicle body harness to the impact sensor.Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components - except the Bat-tery.

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.Connect the scan tool to the Data Link Connector - use the most current software available.Use the scan tool and erase the stored codes in all airbag system modules.Turn the Ignition Off, and wait 15 seconds before turning the Ignition On.Wait one minute, and read active codes and if there are none present read the stored codes.

Did the active Front Left Impact Sensor DTC return?

Yes >> Go To 8

No >> Repair is complete.Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.



8. REPLACE THE OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER


WARNING: If the airbag control module is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take theproper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment and personal injury or death.


RepairReplace the Occupant Restraint Controller in accordance with Service Information.Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

9. TEST FOR AN INTERMITTENT CONDITIONWith the scan tool, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules.If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.


WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing thefollowing steps.Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated.In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question.


Yes >> Select the appropriate symptom from Symptom List.



B1B71-UP-FRONT RIGHT SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR INTERNAL


B1B71-UP-FRONT RIGHT SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR INTERNAL (CONTINUED)For the Airbag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS).


• When Monitored:The Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) continuously communicates with the Front Right Impact Sensor overthe sensor signal circuit. The sensor communication and on board diagnostics are powered by the ORC signal.

• Set Condition:This code will set, if the ORC and the Front Right Impact Sensor do not establish and maintain valid datacommunications.

Possible Causes



(R80, R82) FRONT RIGHT IMPACT SENSOR CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER

(R82) FRONT RIGHT IMPACT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN

(R80) FRONT RIGHT IMPACT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN

ORC, FRONT RIGHT IMPACT SENSOR

Diagnostic Test

1. VERIFY THAT DTC B1B71-UP-FRONT RIGHT SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR INTERNAL ISACTIVE



Does the scan tool display active: B1B71-UP-FRONT RIGHT SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR INTER-NAL?

Yes >> Go To 2

No >> Go To 9


B1B71-UP-FRONT RIGHT SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR INTERNAL (CONTINUED)

2. CHECK THE (R80, R82) FRONT RIGHT IMPACT SENSOR SIGNAL AND GROUND CIRCUITS FOR ASHORT TO BATTERY

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Disconnect the Front Right Impact Sensor connector.Disconnect the ORC connector.

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on,then reconnect the battery.Measure the voltage of the (R80) Front Right Impact Sensor Signalcircuit and (R82) Sensor Ground circuit at the Front Right Impact Sen-sor connector and ground.


Yes >> Repair the (R80, R82) Front Right Impact Sensor circuitsfor a short to battery.Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No >> Go To 3

3. CHECK THE (R80) FRONT RIGHT IMPACT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn ignition on,then reconnect the battery.Measure the resistance of the (R80) Front Right Impact Sensor Signalcircuit between the Front Right Impact Sensor connector and ground.


Yes >> Repair the (R80) Front Right Impact Sensor Signal circuitfor a short to ground.Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No >> Go To 4



4. CHECK THE (R80, R82) FRONT RIGHT IMPACT SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TOGETHER

Measure the resistance between the (R80) Front Right Impact SensorSignal and (R82) Sensor Ground circuits at the Front Right ImpactSensor connector.


Yes >> Repair the (R80, R82) Front Right Impact Sensor circuitsshorted together.Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No >> Go To 5

5. CHECK THE (R82) FRONT RIGHT IMPACT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN OR HIGHRESISTANCE

Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the Occupant ControlModule connector.Measure the resistance of the (R82) Front Right Impact SensorGround circuit between the Front Right Impact Sensor connector andthe 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor.


Yes >> Go To 6

No >> Repair the (R82) Front Right Impact Sensor 2 Ground cir-cuit for an open or high resistance.Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.



6. CHECK THE (R80) FRONT RIGHT IMPACT SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE

Measure the resistance of the (R80) Front Right Impact Sensor Signalcircuit between the Front Right Impact Sensor connector and the 8443Load Tool ORC Adaptor.


Yes >> Go To 7

No >> Repair the (R80) Front Right Impact Sensor Signal circuitfor an open or high resistance.Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

7. CHECK OPERATION OF THE FRONT RIGHT IMPACT SENSORReplace the Front Right Impact Sensor.Reconnect the vehicle body harness to the impact sensor.Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components - except the Bat-tery.


Did the active Front Right Impact Sensor DTC return?

Yes >> Go To 8








RepairReplace the Occupant Restraint Controller in accordance with Service Instructions.Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.









B1B72-LEFT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 1 INTERNAL


B1B72-LEFT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 1 INTERNAL (CONTINUED)For the Airbag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS).


• When Monitored:The Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) continuously communicates with the Left Side Impact Sensor 1 overthe sensor signal circuit. The sensor communication and on board diagnostics are powered by the ORC signal.

• Set Condition:This code will set, if the ORC and the Left Side Impact Sensor 1 do not establish and maintain valid datacommunications.

Possible Causes



(R13, R15) LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER

(R15) LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN

(R13) LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN

ORC, LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1

Diagnostic Test

1. VERIFY THAT DTC B1B72-LEFT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 1 INTERNAL 1 IS ACTIVE



Does the scan tool display active: B1B72-LEFT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 1 INTERNAL?

Yes >> Go To 2

No >> Go To 9


B1B72-LEFT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 1 INTERNAL (CONTINUED)

2. CHECK THE (R13, R15) LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 SIGNAL AND GROUND CIRCUITS FOR A SHORTTO BATTERY

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Disconnect the Left front Impact Sensor 1 connector.Disconnect the ORC connector.

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on,then reconnect the battery.Measure the voltage of the (R13) Left Side Impact Sensor 1 Signalcircuit and (R15) Sensor Ground circuit at the Left Side Impact Sensor1 connector and ground.


Yes >> Repair the (R13, R15) Left Side Impact Sensor 1 circuitsfor a short to battery.Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No >> Go To 3

3. CHECK THE (R13) LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn ignition on,then reconnect the battery.Measure the resistance of the (R13) Left Side Impact Sensor 1 Signalcircuit between the Left Side Impact Sensor 1 connector and ground.


Yes >> Repair the (R13) Left Side Impact Sensor 1 Signal circuitfor a short to ground.Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No >> Go To 4



4. CHECK THE (R13, R15) LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TOGETHER

Measure the resistance between the (R13) Left Side Impact Sensor 1Signal and (R15) Sensor Ground circuits at the Left Side Impact Sen-sor 1 connector.


Yes >> Repair the (R13, R15) Left Side Impact Sensor 1 circuitsshorted together.Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No >> Go To 5

5. CHECK THE (R15) LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN OR HIGHRESISTANCE

Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the Occupant ControlModule connector.Measure the resistance of the (R15) Left Side Impact Sensor 1Ground circuit between the Left Side Impact Sensor 1 connector andthe 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor.


Yes >> Go To 6

No >> Repair the (R15) Left Side Impact Sensor 1 Ground circuitfor an open or high resistance.Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.



6. CHECK THE (R13) LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE

Measure the resistance of the (R13) Left Side Impact Sensor 1 Signalcircuit between the Left Side Impact Sensor 1 connector and the 8443Load Tool ORC Adaptor.


Yes >> Go To 7

No >> Repair the (R13) Left Side Impact Sensor 1 Signal circuitfor an open or high resistance.Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

7. CHECK OPERATION OF THE LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1Replace the Left Side Impact Sensor 1.Reconnect the vehicle body harness to the impact sensor.Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components - except the Bat-tery.


Did the active Left Side Impact Sensor 1 DTC return?

Yes >> Go To 8



B1B73-LEFT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 2 INTERNAL


B1B73-LEFT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 2 INTERNAL (CONTINUED)For the Airbag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS).




Possible Causes







Diagnostic Test

1. VERIFY THAT DTC B1B73-LEFT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 2 INTERNAL IS ACTIVE



Does the scan tool display active: B1B73-LEFT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 2 INTERNAL?

Yes >> Go To 2

No >> Go To 9








No >> Go To 3





No >> Go To 4



4. CHECK THE (R17, R19) LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 2 CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TOGETHER




No >> Go To 5




Yes >> Go To 6







Yes >> Go To 7





Yes >> Go To 8



B1B75-RIGHT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 1 INTERNAL


B1B75-RIGHT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 1 INTERNAL (CONTINUED)For the Airbag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS).


• When Monitored:The Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) continuously communicates with the Right Side Impact Sensor 1over the sensor signal circuit. The sensor communication and on board diagnostics are powered by the ORCsignal.

• Set Condition:This code will set, if the ORC and the Right Side Impact Sensor 1 do not establish and maintain valid datacommunications.

Possible Causes



(R14, R16) RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER

(R16) RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN

(R14) RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN

ORC, RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1

Diagnostic Test

1. VERIFY THAT DTC B1B75-RIGHT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 1 INTERNAL



Does the scan tool display active: B1B75-RIGHT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 1 INTERNAL?

Yes >> Go To 2

No >> Go To 9


B1B75-RIGHT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 1 INTERNAL (CONTINUED)

2. CHECK THE (R14, R16) RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 SIGNAL AND GROUND CIRCUITS FOR ASHORT TO BATTERY

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Disconnect the Right front Impact Sensor 1 connector.Disconnect the ORC connector.

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on,then reconnect the battery.Measure the voltage of the (R14) Right Side Impact Sensor 1 Signalcircuit and (R16) Sensor Ground circuit at the Right Side Impact Sen-sor 1 connector and ground.


Yes >> Repair the (R14, R16) Right Side Impact Sensor 1 circuitsfor a short to battery.Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No >> Go To 3

3. CHECK THE (R14) RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn ignition on,then reconnect the battery.Measure the resistance of the (R14) Right Side Impact Sensor 1 Sig-nal circuit between the Right Side Impact Sensor 1 connector andground.


Yes >> Repair the (R14) Right Side Impact Sensor 1 Signal circuitfor a short to ground.Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No >> Go To 4



4. CHECK THE (R14, R16) RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TOGETHER

Measure the resistance between the (R14) Right Side Impact Sensor1 Signal and (R16) Sensor Ground circuits at the Right Side ImpactSensor 1 connector.


Yes >> Repair the (R14, R16) Right Side Impact Sensor 1 circuitsshorted together.Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No >> Go To 5

5. CHECK THE (R16) RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN OR HIGHRESISTANCE

Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the Occupant ControlModule connector.Measure the resistance of the (R16) Right Side Impact Sensor 1Ground circuit between the Right Side Impact Sensor 1 connector andthe 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor.


Yes >> Go To 6

No >> Repair the (R16) Right Side Impact Sensor 1 Ground cir-cuit for an open or high resistance.Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.



6. CHECK THE (R14) RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE

Measure the resistance of the (R14) Right Side Impact Sensor 1 Sig-nal circuit between the Right Side Impact Sensor 1 connector and the8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor.


Yes >> Go To 7

No >> Repair the (R14) Right Side Impact Sensor 1 Signal circuitfor an open or high resistance.Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

7. CHECK OPERATION OF THE RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1Replace the Right Side Impact Sensor 1.Reconnect the vehicle body harness to the impact sensor.Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components - except the Bat-tery.


Did the active Right Side Impact Sensor 1 DTC return?

Yes >> Go To 8



B1B76-RIGHT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 2 INTERNAL


B1B76-RIGHT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 2 INTERNAL (CONTINUED)For the Airbag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS).




Possible Causes







Diagnostic Test

1. VERIFY ACTIVE B1B76-RIGHT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 2 INTERNALTurn the ignition on.With the scan tool, read ORC DTCs.



Does the scan tool display an active: B1B76-RIGHT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 2 INTER-NAL?

Yes >> Go To 2

No >> Go To 9








No >> Go To 3


Measure the resistance of the (R18) Right Side Impact Sensor 2 Sig-nal circuit between the Right Side Impact Sensor 2 connector andground.



No >> Go To 4







No >> Go To 5


Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the Occupant RestraintController C2 connector.Measure the resistance of the (R20) Right Side Impact Sensor 2Ground circuit between the Right Side Impact Sensor 2 connector andthe 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor.


Yes >> Go To 6







Yes >> Go To 7





Yes >> Go To 8








9. TEST FOR INTERMITTENT CONDITIONWith the scan tool, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules.If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.








B1B78-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT PERFORMANCE


B1B78-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED)For the Occupant Classification System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICSAND DIAGRAMS).


• When Monitored:When CAN ignitions status is Run or SNA, during auto zero and while performing the Occupant ClassificationModule System Verification Test.

• Set Condition:During the occupant classification verification test: if the module detects that the sensor input is less than 1.4volts or greater than 3.6 volts. During auto zero: if the module detects that the sensor input is less than 1 voltor greater than 4 volts.

Possible Causes

PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES CHAFFED, PIERCED, PINCHED, PARTIALLY BROKEN

PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINALS BROKEN, BENT PUSHED OUT, SPREAD,CORRODED, CONTAMINATED

LEFT-FRONT PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR

DAMAGE TO THE PASSENGER SEAT STRUCTURE, RISER ASSEMBLY, CROSSMEMBERS, SEAT TRACKS,FLOOR PAN

OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)

Diagnostic Test

1. CHECK FOR ACTIVE INTERNAL FAULTS, IGNITION FAULTS, & BATTERY FAULTS IN THE OCCUPANTCLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM)


NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be turned off and the battery mustbe disconnected.Turn the ignition on, then off, and then on again.With the scan tool, read Occupant Classification Module (OCM) DTCs.

Does the scan tool display any active DTCs relating to internal faults, ignition faults, or battery faults?

Yes >> Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section for a complete list ofsymptoms.

No >> Go To 2

2. VERIFY THAT DTC B1B78–PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT PERFORMANCE ISACTIVE

With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs.

Does the scan tool display active: B1B78–PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT PER-FORMANCE?

Yes >> Go To 3

No >> Go To 5


B1B78-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED)

3. INSPECT PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES & CONNECTORS

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two min-utes before proceeding.Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the Passenger Seat Harness wiring and connectors. Lookfor chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contam-inated terminals.

Are any of these conditions present?

Yes >>

NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace the Seat Harness if the condition inspecting ortesting for is present in the Seat Harness.

Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information.Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSISAND TESTING)

No >> Go To 4

4. PERFORM OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE SYSTEM VERIFICATION TESTVerify that all of the Seat Weight Sensor mounting screws are torqued to specification. Refer to 23 - BODY/SEATS.

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.

NOTE: Failure to follow test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing theOccupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: VerifyThat All Tests Steps That Led You Here Were Performed As Directed; Verify That The Ignition Is In Run; Wait30 Seconds After Changing The Seat Weight Before Proceeding To Allow The System To Stabilize; OnlyPress Scan Tool Buttons When Directed To Do So; & Perform The Occupant Classification Module SystemVerification Test To Completion.With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification ModuleSystem Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test iscomplete, wait two minutes, and then proceed as follows.With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs.

Does the scan tool display any active PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR PERFORMANCE DTCs?

Yes >> Perform the *Diagnosis/Checkout Procedure For Seat Weight Sensors.Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSISAND TESTING)

No - But Other DTCs PresentDiagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section for a complete list ofsymptoms.

No Active DTCs PresentPerform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSISAND TESTING)


B1B78-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED)






Yes >> Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.



B1B79-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT LOW


B1B79-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)For the Occupant Classification System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICSAND DIAGRAMS).


• When Monitored:While the CAN bus ignition status is in IGN_RUN, the module checks the sensor input ranges.

• Set Condition:If the module detects that the sensor input is less than 3.4 ± .6% of the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Voltcircuit voltage. This DTC will also set if the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit is shorted to ground.However, this condition would prevent communication with the OCM and cause a Lost Communication WithOCM DTC to set in other modules.

Possible Causes

PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS IMPROPERLY ROUTED



(R717) LT-FT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND

(R717) LT-FT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN

(R726) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 5 VOLT CIRCUIT OPEN

LEFT-FRONT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR


Diagnostic Test






No >> Go To 2

2. VERIFY THAT DTC B1B79–PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT LOWIS ACTIVE


Does the scan tool display active: B1B79–PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT INPUTCIRCUIT LOW?

Yes >> Go To 3

No >> Go To 10


B1B79-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)




Yes >>



No >> Go To 4

4. VERIFY THAT PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS IS ROUTED CORRECTLYVerify that the Passenger Seat Harness is routed correctly.

Is the Passenger Seat Harness routed correctly?

Yes >> Go To 5

No >> Reroute the Passenger Seat Harness as necessary. Then, Go To 5

5. CHECK IF MORE THAN ONE PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR DTC IS ACTIVEVerify that all of the Seat Weight Sensor mounting screws are torqued to specification. Refer to 23 - BODY/SEATS.



Does the scan tool display any active PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR DTCs?

Yes >> More Than One PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR DTC Is Active – Perform the Diagnosis/Check-out Procedure For Seat Weight Sensors.

Yes >> Only DTC B1B79 Is Active – Go To 6

No >> Other DTCs Present – Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section fora complete list of symptoms.

No >> Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSISAND TESTING)



6. CHECK VOLTAGE OF (R726) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 5 VOLT CIRCUIT

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Disconnect the Left-Front Seat Weight Sensor connector.

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on,then reconnect the battery.Measure the voltage of the (R726) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit.

Is the voltage above 4.8 volts?

Yes >> Go To 7

No >> Go To 9

7. CHECK (R717) LT-FT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Disconnect the OCM C2 connector.Measure the resistance of the (R717) LT-FT Seat Weight Sensor Sig-nal circuit between ground and the OCM C2 connector.

Is the resistance below 10k ohms?

Yes >>

NOTE: Do not attempt to repair the Seat Harness. Replace theSeat Harness if the condition inspecting or testing for is presentin the Seat Harness.

Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance withthe Service Information.Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)

No >> Go To 8



8. CHECK (R717) LT-FT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN

Measure the resistance of the (R717) LT-FT Seat Weight Sensor Sig-nal circuit between the OCM C2 connector and the Left-Front SeatWeight Sensor connector.


Yes >> Replace the Left-Front Seat Weight Sensor in accordancewith the Service Information. Perform OCS VERIFICATIONTEST - VER 1. If DTC B1B79–PASSENGER SEATWEIGHT SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT INPUT CIRCUITLOW returns active, replace the OCM in accordance withthe Service Information.Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)

No >>



9. CHECK (R726) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 5 VOLT CIRCUIT FORAN OPEN

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Disconnect the OCM C2 connector.Measure the resistance of the (R726) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt cir-cuit between the OCM C2 connector and the Left-Front Seat WeightSensor connector.


Yes >> Replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Informa-tion.Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)

No >>




B1B7A-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT INPUT CIRCUITHIGH


B1B7A-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)For the Occupant Classification System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICSAND DIAGRAMS).



• Set Condition:If the module detects that the sensor input is greater than 96 ± 0.6% of the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Voltcircuit voltage.

Possible Causes




(R717) LT-FT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE

(R717) LT-FT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (R701) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 5VOLT CIRCUIT

(R728) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN

LEFT-FRONT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR


Diagnostic Test






No >> Go To 2

2. VERIFY THAT DTC B1B7A–PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT HIGHIS ACTIVE


Does the scan tool display active: B1B7A–PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT INPUTCIRCUIT HIGH?

Yes >> Go To 3

No >> Go To 9


B1B7A-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 3 - LEFT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)




Yes >>



No >> Go To 4



Yes >> Go To 5

No >> Reroute the Passenger Seat Harness as necessary.Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSISAND TESTING)





Yes >> More Than One PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR DTC Is Active –Perform the *Diagnosis/Check-out Procedure For Seat Weight Sensors.

Yes >> Only DTC B1B7A Is Active –Go To 6

No >> Other DTCs Present –Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section fora complete list of symptoms.




6. CHECK (R717) LT-FT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Disconnect the OCM C2 connector.Measure the voltage of the (R717) LT-FT Seat Weight Sensor Signalcircuit.


Yes >>



No >> Go To 7

7. CHECK (R717) LT-FT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO (R701) SEAT WEIGHTSENSOR 5 VOLT CIRCUIT

Disconnect the Left-Front Seat Weight Sensor connector.Measure the resistance between the (R717) LT-FT Seat Weight Sen-sor Signal circuit and the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit.


Yes >>



No >> Go To 8



8. CHECK (R728) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN

Measure the resistance of the (R728) Seat Weight Sensor Ground cir-cuit between the OCM C2 connector and the Left-Front Seat WeightSensor connector.



No >>











B1B7D-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT PERFORMANCE


B1B7D-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED)For the Occupant Classification System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICSAND DIAGRAMS).




Possible Causes



RIGHT-FRONT PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR



Diagnostic Test






No >> Go To 2

2. VERIFY THAT DTC B1B7D–PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT PERFORMANCE ISACTIVE


Does the scan tool display active: B1B7D–PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT PER-FORMANCE?

Yes >> Go To 3

No >> Go To 5


B1B7D-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED)




Yes >>



No >> Go To 4





Yes >> Perform the *Diagnosis/Checkout Procedure For Seat Weight Sensors.




B1B7D-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED)









B1B7E-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT INPUT CIRCUITLOW


B1B7E-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)For the Occupant Classification System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICSAND DIAGRAMS).



• Set Condition:If the module detects that the sensor input is less than 3.4 ± 0.6% of the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Voltcircuit voltage. This DTC will also set if the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit is shorted to ground.However, this condition would prevent communication with the OCM and cause a Lost Communication WithOCM DTC to set in other modules.

Possible Causes




(R718) RT-FT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND

(R718) RT-FT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN


RIGHT-FRONT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR


Diagnostic Test






No >> Go To 2

2. VERIFY THAT DTC B1B7E–PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT LOWIS ACTIVE


Does the scan tool display active: B1B7E–PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT INPUTCIRCUIT LOW?

Yes >> Go To 3

No >> Go To 10


B1B7E-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)




Yes >>



No >> Go To 4



Yes >> Go To 5

No >> Reroute the Passenger Seat Harness as necessary. Then, Go To 5





Yes >> More Than One PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR DTC Is Active – Perform the *Diagnosis/Check-out Procedure For Seat Weight Sensors.

Yes >> Only DTC B1B7E Is Active – Go To 6






WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Disconnect the Right-Front Seat Weight Sensor connector.



Yes >> Go To 7

No >> Go To 9

7. CHECK (R718) RT-FT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Disconnect the OCM C2 connector.Measure the resistance of the (R718) RT-FT Seat Weight Sensor Sig-nal circuit between ground and the OCM C2 connector.


Yes >>



No >> Go To 8



8. CHECK (R718) RT-FT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN

Measure the resistance of the (R718) RT-FT Seat Weight Sensor Sig-nal circuit between the OCM C2 connector and the Right-Front SeatWeight Sensor connector.


Yes >> Replace the Right-Front Seat Weight Sensor in accor-dance with the Service Information. Perform OCS VERIFI-CATION TEST - VER 1. If DTC B1B7E–PASSENGERSEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT INPUT CIR-CUIT LOW returns active, replace the OCM in accordancewith the Service Information.Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)

No >>




WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Disconnect the OCM C2 connector.Measure the resistance of the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt cir-cuit between the OCM C2 connector and the Right-Front Seat WeightSensor connector.



No >>




B1B7F-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT INPUT CIRCUITHIGH


B1B7F-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)For the Occupant Classification System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICSAND DIAGRAMS).




Possible Causes




(R718) RT-FT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE

(R718) RT-FT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (R701) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 5VOLT CIRCUIT


RIGHT-FRONT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR


Diagnostic Test






No >> Go To 2

2. VERIFY THAT DTC B1B7F–PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT INPUT CIRCUITHIGH IS ACTIVE


Does the scan tool display active: B1B7F–PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT INPUTCIRCUIT HIGH?

Yes >> Go To 3

No >> Go To 9


B1B7F-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 2 - RIGHT FRONT INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)




Yes >>



No >> Go To 4



Yes >> Go To 5

No >> Reroute the Passenger Seat Harness as necessary.Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.






Yes >> Only DTC B1B7F Is Active –Go To 6

No >> But Other DTCs Present –Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Sectionfor a complete list of symptoms.




6. CHECK (R718) RT-FT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Disconnect the OCM C2 connector.Measure the voltage of the (R718) RT-FT Seat Weight Sensor Signalcircuit.


Yes >>


Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance withthe Service Information.Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSISAND TESTING)

No >> Go To 7

7. CHECK (R718) RT-FT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO (R701) SEAT WEIGHTSENSOR 5 VOLT CIRCUIT

Disconnect the Right-Front Seat Weight Sensor connector.Measure the resistance between the (R718) RT-FT Seat Weight Sen-sor Signal circuit and the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit.


Yes >>



No >> Go To 8




Measure the resistance of the (R728) Seat Weight Sensor Ground cir-cuit between the OCM C2 connector and the Right-Front Seat WeightSensor connector.



No >>











B1B82-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR PERFORMANCE


B1B82-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED)For the Occupant Classification System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICSAND DIAGRAMS).




Possible Causes



LEFT-REAR PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR



Diagnostic Test






No >> Go To 2

2. VERIFY THAT DTC B1B82–PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR PERFORMANCE ISACTIVE


Does the scan tool display active: B1B82–PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR PERFOR-MANCE?

Yes >> Go To 3

No >> Go To 5


B1B82-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED)




Yes >>



No >> Go To 4






No >> Other DTCs Present? Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section fora complete list of symptoms.



B1B82-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED)









B1B83-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT LOW


B1B83-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)For the Occupant Classification System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICSAND DIAGRAMS).




Possible Causes




(R705) LT-RR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND

(R705) LT-RR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN


LEFT-REAR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR


Diagnostic Test






No >> Go To 2

2. VERIFY THAT DTC B1B83–PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT LOW ISACTIVE


Does the scan tool display active: B1B83–PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR INPUTCIRCUIT LOW?

Yes >> Go To 3

No >> Go To 10


B1B83-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)




Yes >>



No >> Go To 4



Yes >> Go To 5







Yes >> Only DTC B1B83 Is Active –Go To 6

No >> Other DTCs Present?Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section fora complete list of symptoms.





WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Disconnect the Left-Rear Seat Weight Sensor connector.



Yes >> Go To 7

No >> Go To 9

7. CHECK (R705) LT-RR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Disconnect the OCM C2 connector.Measure the resistance of the (R705) LT-RR Seat Weight Sensor Sig-nal circuit between ground and the OCM C2 connector.


Yes >>



No >> Go To 8



8. CHECK (R705) LT-RR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN

Measure the resistance of the (R705) LT-RR Seat Weight Sensor Sig-nal circuit between the OCM C2 connector and the Left-Rear SeatWeight Sensor connector.


Yes >> Replace the Left-Rear Seat Weight Sensor in accordancewith the Service Information. Perform OCS VERIFICATIONTEST - VER 1. If DTC B1B83-PASSENGER SEATWEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT LOWreturns active, replace the OCM in accordance with theService Information.Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)

No >>




WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Disconnect the OCM C2 connector.Measure the resistance of the (R726) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt cir-cuit between the OCM C2 connector and the Left-Rear Seat WeightSensor connector.



No >>




B1B84-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH


B1B84-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)For the Occupant Classification System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICSAND DIAGRAMS).




Possible Causes




(R705) LT-RR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE

(R705) LT-RR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (R701) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 5VOLT CIRCUIT


LEFT-REAR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR


Diagnostic Test






No >> Go To 2

2. VERIFY THAT DTC B1B84–PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT HIGHIS ACTIVE


Does the scan tool display active: B1B84–PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR INPUTCIRCUIT HIGH?

Yes >> Go To 3

No >> Go To 9


B1B84-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 4 - LEFT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)




Yes >>



No >> Go To 4



Yes >> Go To 5






Yes >> More Than One PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR DTC Is Active –Perform the *Diagnosis/Check-out Procedure For Seat Weight Sensors.Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSISAND TESTING)






6. CHECK (R705) LT-RR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Disconnect the OCM C2 connector.Measure the voltage of the (R705) LT-RR Seat Weight Sensor Signalcircuit.


Yes >>



No >> Go To 7

7. CHECK (R705) LT-RR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO (R701) SEAT WEIGHTSENSOR 5 VOLT CIRCUIT

Disconnect the Left-Rear Seat Weight Sensor connector.Measure the resistance between the (R705) LT-RR Seat Weight Sen-sor Signal circuit and the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit.


Yes >>



No >> Go To 8




Measure the resistance of the (R728) Seat Weight Sensor Ground cir-cuit between the OCM C2 connector and the Left-Rear Seat WeightSensor connector.



No >>











B1B87-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR PERFORMANCE


B1B87-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED)For the Occupant Classification System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICSAND DIAGRAMS).




Possible Causes



RIGHT-REAR PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR



Diagnostic Test






No >> Go To 2

2. VERIFY THAT DTC B1B87–PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR PERFORMANCE ISACTIVE


Does the scan tool display active: B1B87–PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR PER-FORMANCE?

Yes >> Go To 3

No >> Go To 5


B1B87-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED)




Yes >>



No >> Go To 4









B1B87-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED)









B1B88-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT LOW

For the Occupant Classification System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICSAND DIAGRAMS).




Possible Causes




(R706) RT-RR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND

(R706) RT-RR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN


RIGHT-REAR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR


Diagnostic Test






No >> Go To 2

2. VERIFY THAT DTC B1B88–PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT LOWIS ACTIVE


Does the scan tool display active: B1B88–PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR INPUTCIRCUIT LOW?

Yes >> Go To 3

No >> Go To 10


B1B88-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)




Yes >>



No >> Go To 4



Yes >> Go To 5






Yes >> More Than One PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR DTC Is Active –Perform the *Diagnosis/Check-out Procedure For Seat Weight Sensors.







WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Disconnect the Right-Rear Seat Weight Sensor connector.



Yes >> Go To 7

No >> Go To 9

7. CHECK (R706) RT-RR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Disconnect the OCM C2 connector.Measure the resistance of the (R706) RT-RR Seat Weight Sensor Sig-nal circuit between ground and the OCM C2 connector.


Yes >>



No >> Go To 8



8. CHECK (R706) RT-RR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN

Measure the resistance of the (R706) RT-RR Seat Weight Sensor Sig-nal circuit between the OCM C2 connector and the Right-Rear SeatWeight Sensor connector.


Yes >> Replace the Right-Rear Seat Weight Sensor in accor-dance with the Service Information. Perform OCS VERIFI-CATION TEST - VER 1. If DTC B1B88–PASSENGERSEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR INPUT CIR-CUIT LOW returns active, replace the OCM in accordancewith the Service Information.Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)

No >>




WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Disconnect the OCM C2 connector.Measure the resistance of the (R726) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt cir-cuit between the OCM C2 connector and the Right-Rear Seat WeightSensor connector.



No >>




B1B89-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH


B1B89-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)For the Occupant Classification System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICSAND DIAGRAMS).




Possible Causes




(R706) RT-RR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE

(R706) RT-RR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (R701) SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 5VOLT CIRCUIT


RIGHT-REAR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR


Diagnostic Test






No >> Go To 2

2. VERIFY THAT DTC B1B89–PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT HIGHIS ACTIVE


Does the scan tool display active: B1B89–PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR INPUTCIRCUIT HIGH?

Yes >> Go To 3

No >> Go To 9


B1B89-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR 1 - RIGHT REAR INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)




Yes >>


Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information.Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSISAND TESTING)

No >> Go To 4



Yes >> Go To 5

No >> Reroute the Passenger Seat Harness as necessary.Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSISAND TESTING)





Yes >> More Than One PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR DTC Is Active?Perform the *Diagnosis/Check-out Procedure For Seat Weight Sensors

Yes >> Only DTC B1B89 Is ActiveGo To 6

No >> Other DTCs Present? Diagnose and repair the DTCs.Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section for a complete list of symptoms.

No >> Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1(Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)



6. CHECK (R706) RT-RR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Disconnect the OCM C2 connector.Measure the voltage of the (R706) RT-RR Seat Weight Sensor Signalcircuit.


Yes >>



No >> Go To 7

7. CHECK (R706) RT-RR SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO (R701) SEAT WEIGHTSENSOR 5 VOLT CIRCUIT

Disconnect the Right-Rear Seat Weight Sensor connector.Measure the resistance between the (R706) RT-RR Seat Weight Sen-sor Signal circuit and the (R701) Seat Weight Sensor 5 Volt circuit.


Yes >>


Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance withthe Service Information.Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)

No >> Go To 8




Measure the resistance of the (R728) Seat Weight Sensor Ground cir-cuit between the OCM C2 connector and the Right-Rear Seat WeightSensor connector.


Yes >> Replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Informa-tion.Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)

No >>











B1B8C-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE


B1B8C-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED)For the Occupant Classification System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICSAND DIAGRAMS).



• Set Condition:If the module detects that the sensor input is between 8 and 12 mA.

Possible Causes

DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR


Diagnostic Test

1. CHECK FOR ACTIVE INTERNAL FAULTS, IGNITION FAULTS, BATTERY FAULTS, & SEAT TRACKPOSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH OR LOW FAULTS IN THE OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE(OCM)



Does the scan tool display any active DTCs relating to internal faults, ignition faults, battery faults, orSeat Track Position Sensor Circuit High or Low faults?


No >> Go To 2

2. VERIFY THAT B1B8C-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE IS ACTIVEWith the scan tool, read OCM DTCs.

Does the scan tool display active: B1B8C-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT PERFOR-MANCE?

Yes >> Go To 3

No >> Go To 4


B1B8C-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED)

3. PERFORM SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR PERFORMANCE TESTWith the scan tool, erase OCM DTCs.Turn the ignition off, wait 10 seconds and then turn the ignition on.Cycle the driver seat to the full forward position and then to the full rearward position.Return the driver seat to its approximate original position.Wait two minutes, and then with the scan tool, read OCM DTCs.

Does the scan tool display active: B1B8C-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT PERFOR-MANCE?

Yes >> Replace the Driver Seat Track Position Sensor in accordance with the Service Information.Perform the OCS VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNO-SIS AND TESTING) If DTC B1B8C-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT PERFOR-MANCE returns active, replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information.

No >> Perform the OCS VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNO-SIS AND TESTING)

4. TEST FOR AN INTERMITTENT CONDITIONWith the scan tool, record and erase all DTC’s from the OCM.If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.



WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing thefollowing steps.Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.If only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated.In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question.





B1B8D-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW


B1B8D-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)For the Occupant Classification circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIA-GRAMS).


• When Monitored:While the CAN bus ignition status is in IGN_RUN and the module is configured for a Seat Track PositionSensor, the module checks the sensor input current ranges.

• Set Condition:If the module detects that the sensor input is less than or equal to 0.3 ma. This DTC may set when the currentis between 0.3 mA and 2.0 mA.

Possible Causes

DRIVER SEAT HARNESS IMPROPERLY ROUTED

DRIVER SEAT HARNESS WIRES CHAFFED, PIERCED, PINCHED, PARTIALLY BROKEN

DRIVER SEAT HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINALS BROKEN, BENT, PUSHED OUT, SPREAD, CORRODED,CONTAMINATED

(R261) SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA-DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND

(R263) SEAT POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE-DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND

(R261) SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA-DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN

(R263) SEAT POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE-DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN



Diagnostic Test






No >> Go To 2

2. VERIFY THAT DTC B1B8D-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW IS ACTIVEWith the scan tool, read OCM DTCs.

Does the scan tool display active: B1B8D-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW?

Yes >> Go To 3

No >> Go To 7


B1B8D-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)

3. INSPECT DRIVER SEAT HARNESS WIRES & CONNECTORS

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two min-utes before proceeding.Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the Driver Seat Harness wiring and connectors. Look forchaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminatedterminals.


Yes >>


Replace the Driver Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information.Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSISAND TESTING)

No >> Go To 4

4. VERIFY THAT DRIVER SEAT HARNESS IS ROUTED CORRECTLYVerify that the Driver Seat Harness is routed correctly.

Is the Driver Seat Harness routed correctly?

Yes >> Go To 5

No >> Reroute the Driver Seat Harness as necessary.Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSISAND TESTING)

5. CHECK (R261) SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA-DRIVER CIRCUIT & (R263) SEAT POSITION SENSORVOLTAGE-DRIVER CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND

Measure the resistance between ground and the (R261) Seat PositionSensor Data-Driver circuit.Measure the resistance between ground and the (R263) Seat PositionSensor Voltage-Driver circuit.

Is the resistance below 10k ohms on either circuit?

Yes >>


Replace the Driver Seat Harness in accordance with theservice information.Perform the OCS VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1. (Refer to8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)

No >> Go To 6


B1B8D-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)

6. CHECK (R261) SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA-DRIVER CIRCUIT & (R263) SEAT POSITION SENSORVOLTAGE-DRIVER CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN

Disconnect the OCM C1 connector.Measure the resistance of the (R261) Seat Position Sensor Data-Driver circuit between the OCM C1 connector and the Driver SeatTrack Position Sensor connector.Measure the resistance of the (R263) Seat Position Sensor Voltage-Driver circuit between the OCM C1 connector and the Driver SeatTrack Position Sensor connector.

Is the resistance of either circuit above 5.0 ohms?

Yes >>


Replace the Driver Seat Harness in accordance with theService Information.Perform the OCS VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1. (Refer to8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)

No >> Replace the OCM in accordance with the service informa-tion.Perform the OCS VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1. (Refer to8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)









B1B8E-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH


B1B8E-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)For the Occupant Classification System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICSAND DIAGRAMS).



• Set Condition:If the module detects that the sensor input is greater than or equal to 20.5 mA. This DTC may set when thecurrent is between 17 mA and 20.5 mA.

Possible Causes

DRIVER SEAT HARNESS IMPROPERLY ROUTED

DRIVER SEAT HARNESS WIRES CHAFFED, PIERCED, PINCHED, PARTIALLY BROKEN

DRIVER SEAT HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINALS BROKEN, BENT, PUSHED OUT, SPREAD, CORRODED,CONTAMINATED

(R261) SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA-DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE

(R263) SEAT POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE-DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE

(R261) SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA-DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (R263) SEAT POSITION SENSORVOLTAGE-DRVER CIRCUIT



Diagnostic Test






No >> Go To 2

2. VERIFY THAT DTC B1B8E-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH IS ACTIVEWith the scan tool, read OCM DTCs.

Does the scan tool display active: B1B8E-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH?

Yes >> Go To 3

No >> Go To 8


B1B8E-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)

3. INSPECT DRIVER SEAT HARNESS WIRES & CONNECTORSWith the scan tool, erase OCM DTCs.

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two min-utes before proceeding.Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the Driver Seat Harness wiring and connectors. Look forchaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminatedterminals.


Yes >>


Replace the Driver Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information.Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSISAND TESTING)

No >> Go To 4

4. VERIFY THAT DRIVER SEAT HARNESS IS ROUTED CORRECTLYVerify that the Driver Seat Harness is routed correctly.

Is the Driver Seat Harness routed correctly?

Yes >> Go To 5

No >> Reroute the Driver Seat Harness as necessary.Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSISAND TESTING)

5. CHECK FOR DTC B1B8E-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH WITH DRIVER SEATTRACK POSITION SENSOR DISCONNECTED

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two min-utes before proceeding.Disconnect the Driver Seat Track Position Sensor connector.

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.Wait two minutes, and then with the scan tool, read OCM DTCs.

Does the scan tool display: B1B8E-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH?

Yes >> Go To 6

No >> Replace the Driver Seat Track Position Sensor in accordance with the service information.Perform the OCS VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNO-SIS AND TESTING)



6. CHECK (R261) SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA-DRIVER CIRCUIT & (R263) SEAT POSITION SENSORVOLTAGE-DRIVER CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Disconnect the OCM C1 connector.

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on,then reconnect the battery.Measure the voltage of the (R261) Seat Position Sensor Data-Drivercircuit.Measure the voltage of the (R263) Seat Position Sensor Voltage-Driver circuit.

Is the voltage above 0.2 volts on either circuit?

Yes >>


Replace the Driver Seat Harness in accordance with theService Information.Perform the OCS VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1. (Refer to8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)

No >> Go To 7

7. CHECK (R261) SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA-DRIVER CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO (R263) SEATPOSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE-DRIVER CIRCUIT

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Measure the resistance between the (R261) Seat Position SensorData-Driver circuit and the (R263) Seat Position Sensor Voltage-Drivercircuit.


Yes >>


Replace the Driver Seat Harness in accordance with theservice information.Perform the OCS VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNO-SIS AND TESTING)

No >> Replace the OCM in accordance with the Service information.Perform the OCS VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNO-SIS AND TESTING)


B1B91-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CONFIGURATION MISMATCH


B1B91-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CONFIGURATION MISMATCH (CONTINUED)For the Occupant Classification System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICSAND DIAGRAMS).


• When Monitored:With the ignition on the OCM monitors the Seat Track Position Sensors circuits.

• Set Condition:If the module detects current on the Seat Track Position Sensors circuits and the module is not configured forSTPS.

Possible Causes

SENSORS

WIRING


Diagnostic Test






No >> Go To 2

2. VERIFY THAT B1B91-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CONFIGURATION MISMATCH IS ACTIVE

With the scan tool, erase OCM DTCs.Turn the ignition off, wait 10 seconds and then turn the ignition on.Wait 2 minutes, and then with the scan tool, read OCM DTCs.

Does the scan tool display active: B1B91-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CONFIGURATIONMISMATCH?

Yes >> Go To 3

No >> Perform the OCS VERIFICATION TEST-VER. 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNO-SIS AND TESTING)


B1B91-DRIVER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CONFIGURATION MISMATCH (CONTINUED)

3. VERIFY WIRINGTurn the ignition off.Inspect the driver and passenger seat wiring for Seat Position Sensors.

Are Seat Position Sensor(s) present?

Yes >> Replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information.Perform the OCS VERIFICATION TEST-VER. 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNO-SIS AND TESTING)



B1B92-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE


B1B92-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED)For the Occupant Classification System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICSAND DIAGRAMS).



• Set Condition:If the module detects that the sensor input is between 8 and 12 mA.

Possible Causes



Diagnostic Test

1. CHECK FOR ACTIVE INTERNAL FAULTS, IGNITION FAULTS, BATTERY FAULTS, & SEAT TRACKPOSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH OR LOW FAULTS IN THE OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE(OCM)



Does the scan tool display any active DTCs relating to internal faults, ignition faults, battery faults, orSeat Track Position Sensor Circuit High or Low faults?


No >> Go To 2

2. VERIFY THAT B1B8C-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE ISACTIVE


Does the scan tool display active: B1B8C-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT PER-FORMANCE?

Yes >> Go To 3

No >> Go To 4


B1B92-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED)

3. PERFORM SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR PERFORMANCE TESTWith the scan tool, erase OCM DTCs.Turn the ignition off, wait 10 seconds and then turn the ignition on.Cycle the passenger seat to the full forward position and then to the full rearward position.Return the passenger seat to its approximate original position.Wait two minutes, and then with the scan tool, read OCM DTCs.

Does the scan tool display active: B1B8C-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT PER-FORMANCE?

Yes >> Replace the Passenger Seat Track Position Sensor in accordance with the Service Information.Perform the OCS VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNO-SIS AND TESTING) If DTC B1B8C-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT PER-FORMANCE returns active, replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information.

No >> Perform the OCS VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNO-SIS AND TESTING)









B1B93-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW


B1B93-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)For the Occupant Classification circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIA-GRAMS).



• Set Condition:If the module detects that the sensor input is less than or equal to 0.3 ma. This DTC may set when the currentis between 0.3 mA and 2.0 mA.

Possible Causes



PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINALS BROKEN, BENT, PUSHED OUT, SPREAD,CORRODED, CONTAMINATED

(R262) SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA-PASSENGER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND

(R264) SEAT POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE-PASSENGER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND

(R262) SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA-PASSENGER CIRCUIT OPEN

(R264) SEAT POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE-PASSENGER CIRCUIT OPEN

PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR


Diagnostic Test






No >> Go To 2

2. VERIFY THAT DTC B1B8D-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW IS ACTIVEWith the scan tool, read OCM DTCs.

Does the scan tool display active: B1B8D-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW?

Yes >> Go To 3

No >> Go To 7


B1B93-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)




Yes >>



No >> Go To 4



Yes >> Go To 5


5. CHECK (R262) SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA-PASSENGER CIRCUIT & (R264) SEAT POSITIONSENSOR VOLTAGE-PASSENGER CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND

Measure the resistance between ground and the (R262) Seat PositionSensor Data-Passenger circuit.Measure the resistance between ground and the (R264) Seat PositionSensor Voltage-Passenger circuit.

Is the resistance below 10k ohms on either circuit?

Yes >>


Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance withthe service information.Perform the OCS VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1. (Refer to8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)

No >> Go To 6



6. CHECK (R262) SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA-PASSENGER CIRCUIT & (R264) SEAT POSITIONSENSOR VOLTAGE-PASSENGER CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN

Disconnect the OCM C1 connector.Measure the resistance of the (R262) Seat Position Sensor Data-Pas-senger circuit between the OCM C1 connector and the PassengerSeat Track Position Sensor connector.Measure the resistance of the (R264) Seat Position Sensor Voltage-Passenger circuit between the OCM C1 connector and the PassengerSeat Track Position Sensor connector.

Is the resistance of either circuit above 5.0 ohms?

Yes >>


Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance withthe Service Information.Perform the OCS VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1. (Refer to8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)

No >> Replace the OCM in accordance with the service informa-tion.Perform the OCS VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1. (Refer to8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)


B1B94-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH


B1B94-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)For the Occupant Classification System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICSAND DIAGRAMS).



• Set Condition:If the module detects that the sensor input is greater than or equal to 20.5 mA. This DTC may set when thecurrent is between 17 mA and 20.5 mA.

Possible Causes



PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINALS BROKEN, BENT, PUSHED OUT, SPREAD,CORRODED, CONTAMINATED

(R262) SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA-PASSENGER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE

(R264) SEAT POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE-PASSENGER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE

(R262) SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA-PASSENGER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO (R264) SEAT POSITIONSENSOR VOLTAGE-PASSENGER CIRCUIT

PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR


Diagnostic Test






No >> Go To 2

2. VERIFY THAT DTC B1B8E-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH IS ACTIVEWith the scan tool, read OCM DTCs.

Does the scan tool display active: B1B8E-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH?

Yes >> Go To 3

No >> Go To 8


B1B94-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)

3. INSPECT PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS WIRES & CONNECTORSWith the scan tool, erase OCM DTCs.



Yes >>



No >> Go To 4



Yes >> Go To 5


5. CHECK FOR DTC B1B8E-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH WITHPASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR DISCONNECTED

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two min-utes before proceeding.Disconnect the Passenger Seat Track Position Sensor connector.

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.Wait two minutes, and then with the scan tool, read OCM DTCs.

Does the scan tool display: B1B8E-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH?

Yes >> Go To 6

No >> Replace the Passenger Seat Track Position Sensor in accordance with the service information.Perform the OCS VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNO-SIS AND TESTING)



6. CHECK (R262) SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA-PASSENGER CIRCUIT & (R264) SEAT POSITIONSENSOR VOLTAGE-PASSENGER CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Disconnect the OCM C1 connector.

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on,then reconnect the battery.Measure the voltage of the (R262) Seat Position Sensor Data-Passen-ger circuit.Measure the voltage of the (R264) Seat Position Sensor Voltage-Pas-senger circuit.

Is the voltage above 0.2 volts on either circuit?

Yes >>


Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance withthe Service Information.Perform the OCS VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNO-SIS AND TESTING)

No >> Go To 7

7. CHECK (R262) SEAT POSITION SENSOR DATA-PASSENGER CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO (R264) SEATPOSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE-PASSENGER CIRCUIT

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Measure the resistance between the (R262) Seat Position SensorData-Passenger circuit and the (R264) Seat Position Sensor Voltage-Passenger circuit.


Yes >>


Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance withthe service information.Perform the OCS VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1. (Refer to8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)

No >> Replace the OCM in accordance with the Service information.Perform the OCS VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNO-SIS AND TESTING)


B1B97-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CONFIGURATIONMISMATCH


B1B97-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CONFIGURATION MISMATCH (CONTINUED)For the Occupant Classification System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICSAND DIAGRAMS).


• When Monitored:With the ignition on the OCM monitors the Seat Track Position Sensors circuits.

• Set Condition:If the module detects current on the Seat Track Position Sensors circuits and the module is not configured forSTPS.

Possible Causes

SENSORS

WIRING


Diagnostic Test






No >> Go To 2

2. VERIFY THAT B1B91-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CONFIGURATION MISMATCH ISACTIVE

With the scan tool, erase OCM DTCs.Turn the ignition off, wait 10 seconds and then turn the ignition on.Wait 2 minutes, and then with the scan tool, read OCM DTCs.

Does the scan tool display active: B1B91-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CONFIGURA-TION MISMATCH?

Yes >> Go To 3



B1B97-PASSENGER SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR CONFIGURATION MISMATCH (CONTINUED)

3. VERIFY WIRINGTurn the ignition off.Inspect the Passenger and passenger seat wiring for Seat Position Sensors.

Are Seat Position Sensor(s) present?

Yes >> Replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information.Perform the OCS VERIFICATION TEST-VER. 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNO-SIS AND TESTING)



B1BA5-AIRBAG SQUIB CONFIGURATION MISMATCH


B1BA5-AIRBAG SQUIB CONFIGURATION MISMATCH (CONTINUED)For the Airbag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS).



• Set Condition:If an Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) configured for vehicles without side airbags is installed in a vehiclewith side airbags.

Possible Causes

POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)

OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER (ORC)

Diagnostic Test

1. VERIFY THAT DTC B1BA5 AIRBAG SQUIB CONFIGURATION MISMATCH IS ACTIVE



Does the scan tool display active: B1BA5 AIRBAG SQUIB CONFIGURATION MISMATCH?

Yes >> Go To 2

No >> Go To 5

2. VERIFY THAT VEHICLE IS EQUIPPED WITH OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM (OCS)Vehicles equipped with a Occupant Classification System (OCS) will have a Passenger Airbag On/Off IndicatorLamp mounted to the dashboard. Verify that the vehicle is equipped with this indicator lamp.With the scan tool, select ECU View and check that the Occupant Classification Module (OCM) is active on the bus.

Is the vehicle equipped with an Occupant Classification System (OCS)?

Yes >> Go To 3

No >> Replace the ORC in accordance with Service Information.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3. CHECK ORC PART NUMBER WITH SCAN TOOLWith the scan tool, select ECU View, select ORC, select ECU Details, and read the ORC part number.

Is the part number correct for the vehicle?

Yes >> Go To 4

No >> Replace the ORC in accordance with Service Information.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.


B1BA5-AIRBAG SQUIB CONFIGURATION MISMATCH (CONTINUED)

4. CHECK VIN WITH SCAN TOOLWith the scan tool, read the VIN.

Is the correct VIN displayed?

Yes >> Replace the ORC in accordance with Service Information.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No >> Replace the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) in accordance with Service Information.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.









B1BA6-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION UNDETERMINEDFor the Occupant Classification System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICSAND DIAGRAMS).


• When Monitored:With the ignition on or off.

• Set Condition:Because other DTCs have made occupant detection impossible. This DTC will set in addition to all sensor andmodule DTCs and will be erased when the repairs are completed.

Refer to B1BA7–OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM VERIFICATION REQUIRED for the diagnostic test pro-cedure.


B1BA7-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM VERIFICATION REQUIRED

OCS SEAT WEIGHTS MRL #9077


B1BA7-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM VERIFICATION REQUIRED (CONTINUED)• When Monitored:

With the CAN ignition status as IGN_RUN, the module tries to detect potentially damaging events and moni-tors the CAN Bus for the X Impact messages (crash event causing one or more airbag or pretensioner todeploy) or upon detecting an Offset Event (if equipped).

• Set Condition:This DTC will set if the module detects a potentially damaging event or the X Impact messages from the CANBus input.

Possible Causes

B1BA7-OCS VERIFICATION REQUIRED DTC ACTIVE

Diagnostic Test

1. CHECK FOR OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM) ACTIVE DTCs:

• ACTIVE INTERNAL FAULTS• IGNITION FAULTS• BATTERY FAULT• SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR DTCs



Does the scan tool display any active DTCs listed above?


No >> Go To 2

2. VERIFY THAT DTC B1BA7–OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM VERIFICATION REQUIRED IS ACTIVE


Does the scan tool display active: B1BA7–OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM VERIFICATIONREQUIRED?

Yes >> Go To 3

No >> Go To 4


B1BA7-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM VERIFICATION REQUIRED (CONTINUED)

3. PERFORM OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE SYSTEM VERIFICATION TESTVerify that the passenger seat is empty.Verify that all of the Seat Weight Sensor mounting screws are torqued to specification. Refer to 23 - BODY/SEATS.

NOTE: Failure to follow the test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performingthe Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: VerifyThat All Tests Steps That Led You Here Were Performed As Directed; Verify That The Ignition Is In Run; Wait30 Seconds After Changing The Seat Weight Before Proceeding To Allow The System To Stabilize; OnlyPress Scan Tool Buttons When Directed To Do So; & Perform The Occupant Classification Module SystemVerification Test To Completion.With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant Classification ModuleSystem Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed on the scan tool. When the test iscomplete, proceed as follows.With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs.

Does the scan tool display active: B1BA7–OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM VERIFICATIONREQUIRED?

Yes >> Perform the *Diagnosis/Checkout Procedure For Seat Weight Sensors.Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No, But Other DTCs PresentDiagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section for a complete list ofsymptoms.

No Active DTCs PresentPerform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

4. CHECK FOR ACTIVE DTC B1BA8–OCM SYSTEM OUT OF CALIBRATION/NOT CALIBRATEDWith the scan tool, read OCM DTCs.

Does the scan tool display active: B1BA8–OCM SYSTEM OUT OF CALIBRATION/NOT CALIBRATED?

Yes >> Diagnose and repair the DTC. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section for a complete list of symp-toms.

No >> Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.


B1BA8-OCM SYSTEM OUT OF CALIBRATION/NOT CALIBRATEDFor a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W .

• When Monitored:While the CAN bus ignition status is IGN_RUN or SNA.

• Set Condition:This DTC will set if the module has initiated a rezero and did not successfully complete the system verification,a system verification routine has been aborted or a update option table from flash routine has been completed.

Diagnostic Test



Does the scan tool display any active DTCs?

Yes - B1BA8 DTC ReturnedPerform the *Diagnosis/Checkout Procedure For Seat Weight Sensors.

Yes - But Other DTCs PresentDiagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section for a complete list ofsymptoms.

No - Active DTCs PresentPerform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.


B1BAA-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE CONFIGURATION MISMATCH


B1BAA-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE CONFIGURATION MISMATCH (CONTINUED)For the Occupant Restraint System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS ANDDIAGRAMS).


• When Monitored:While the CAN bus ignition status is IGN_RUN.

• Set Condition:This DTC will set if the ORC is not configured for Occupant Classification Module and the OCM is active onthe CAN Bus. Note: Because all ORCs are originally configured for the OCM the ORC must learn the notequipped with OCM state from the FCM.

Possible Causes

LOSS OF COMMUNICATION BEWEEN ORC AND FCM

MISSING CAN BUS CONFIGURATION MESSAGE

CORRUPT CONFIGURATION MESSAGE


1. DETERMINE ACTIVE OR STORED DTCWith the scan tool, read Occupant Restraints Controller (ORC) DTCs.

Does the scan tool display an active B1BAA-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE CONFIGURATIONMISMATCH DTCs?

Active DTCGo To 2

Stored DTCGo To 5

2. CHECKING FOR CORRUPT CONFIGURATION MESSAGEWith the scan tool, read Occupant Restraints Controller (ORC) DTCs.

Does the scan tool display an active U1414-IMPLAUSIBLE/MISSING ECU NETWORK CONFIGURATIONDATA DTCs?

Yes >> Go To U1414-IMPLAUSIBLE/MISSING ECU NETWORK CONFIGURATION DATA DTC (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)

No >> Go To 3

3. CHECKING FOR LOSS OF CAN BUS CONFIGURATION MESSAGEWith the scan tool, read Occupant Restraints Controller (ORC) DTCs.

Does the scan tool display an active U1415-IMPLAUSIBLE/MISSING VEHICLE CONFIGURATION DATADTCs?

Yes >> Go To U1415-IMPLAUSIBLE/MISSING VEHICLE CONFIGURATION DATA DTC (Refer to 8 - ELECTRI-CAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)

No >> Go To 4


B1BAA-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE CONFIGURATION MISMATCH (CONTINUED)

4. CHECKING FOR LOSS OF COMMUNICATION WITH THE FCMWith the scan tool, read Occupant Restraints Controller (ORC) DTCs.

Does the scan tool display an active U0141-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH FRONT CONTROL MODULEDTCs?

Yes >> Go To U0141-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH FRONT CONTROL MODULE DTC (Refer to 8 - ELEC-TRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)

No >> Go To 6

5. VERIFYING STORED B1BAA-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE CONFIGURATION MISMATCH DTCWith the scan tool, record and erase all DTC’s from the Occupant Restraint Controller.Turn the ignition off, and wait 15 seconds, then turn the ignition on.Wait one minute, and read active and stored codes.

Does the scan tool display an active or stored B1BAA-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE CONFIGU-RATION MISMATCH DTCs?

Yes >> For active DTC-Go To 2

Yes >> For stored-Go To 6


6. REPLACE THE ORC






B1BB8-SRS WARNING INDICATOR STATUS MISMATCH


B1BB8-SRS WARNING INDICATOR STATUS MISMATCH (CONTINUED)For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W .

• When Monitored:After the Instrument Cluster bulb check is completed, the ORC compares the lamp request by the ORC (On orOff) and the Lamp On request by the Instrument Cluster (On or Off) Can bus messages. Each message istransmitted one time per second or when a change in the lap state occurs.

• Set Condition:If the lamp request by the ORC (On or Off), and the Lamp On by the Instrument Cluster (On or Off), messagesdo not match, this code will set.

Possible Causes

OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER, INSTRUMENT CLUSTER MESSAGE MISMATCH

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER

Diagnostic Test



NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be turned off and the battery mustbe disconnected.Turn the ignition on, then off, and then on again.With the scan tool, read Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) DTCs.

Select DTC type.

ActiveGo To 2

StoredGo To 5

2. CHECK FOR ACTIVE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER DTCsWith the scan tool, read Instrument Cluster DTCs.

Does the scan tool display and active Instrument Cluster DTCs?

Yes >> Refer to symptom list for problems related to the Instrument Cluster.Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNO-SIS AND TESTING)

No >> Go To 3


B1BB8-SRS WARNING INDICATOR STATUS MISMATCH (CONTINUED)

3. CHECK THE ORC AND INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FOR LAMP STATUSWith the scan tool view the Instrument Cluster Data Display.Cycle the ignition key and observe the SRS Indicator Lamp Request status (Set/Not Set) during the InstrumentCluster bulb check.With the scan tool view the ORC Data Display.Cycle the ignition key and observe the SRS Indicator Lamp Status (Lamp On/Lamp Off) during the Instrument Clus-ter bulb check.

Did the Data Display information match the operation of the lamp?

Yes >> Go To 4

No >> Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the service information.Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNO-SIS AND TESTING)





RepairReplace the Occupant Restraint Controller in accordance with the service information.Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNO-SIS AND TESTING)


B1BB8-SRS WARNING INDICATOR STATUS MISMATCH (CONTINUED)









B1BBA-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT


B1BBA-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT (CONTINUED)For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W .

• When Monitored:While the CAN bus ignition status is in IGN_RUN, the module checks the sensor supply.

• Set Condition:If the OCM detects that the sensor supply shorted. NOTE: A shorted supply circuit will cause a ’NORESPONSE FROM OCM” condition.

Possible Causes

OCS SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED


Diagnostic Test

1. VERIFY THAT B1BBA-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT DTC IS ACTIVEWith the scan tool, read OCM DTCs.

Does the scan tool display active: B1BBA-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT?

Yes >> Replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information.Perform the OCS VERIFICATION REQUIRED procedure.

No >> Go To 2




Yes >>



No >> Go To 3


B1BBA-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT (CONTINUED)

3. TEST FOR INTERMITTENT CONDITIONWith the scan tool, record and erase all DTC’s from the OCM.If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.








B1BBB-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR INPUTS SHORTED TOGETHER


B1BBB-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR INPUTS SHORTED TOGETHER (CONTINUED)For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W .

• When Monitored:While the CAN bus ignition status is in IGN_RUN.

• Set Condition:If the OCM detects any two sensors voltages below 20mV for 10 minutes while any other sensor is greaterthan 40mV. Note: 1 a/d count is equal to 5mV.NOTE: A shorted supply circuit will cause a ’NO RESPONSEFROM OCM” condition.

Possible Causes

OCS SENSOR CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER


Diagnostic Test

1. VERIFY THAT B1BBA-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT DTC IS ACTIVEWith the scan tool, read OCM DTCs.

Does the scan tool display active: B1BBB-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR INPUTS SHORTEDTOGETHER ?

Yes >> Replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information.Perform the OCS VERIFICATION REQUIRED procedure.

No >> Go To 2




Yes >>



No >> Go To 3


B1BBB-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR INPUTS SHORTED TOGETHER (CONTINUED)

3. TEST FOR INTERMITTENT CONDITIONWith the scan tool, record and erase all DTC’s from the OCM.If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.








B1BBC-OCS NEGATIVE SYSTEM WEIGHT



B1BBC-OCS NEGATIVE SYSTEM WEIGHT (CONTINUED)• When Monitored:

While the CAN bus ignition status is in IGN_RUN, the module checks the sensor input ranges.• Set Condition:

If the module detects a seat weight sensor input with the total seat weight below -6.5 kg +/- 1kg.

Possible Causes


OBJECT UNDER SEAT OR REAR SEAT FOLDED DOWN AND RESTING AGAINST PASSENGER SEAT


Diagnostic Test

1. TEST CONDITIONS

• ACTIVE INTERNAL DTC• IGNITION DTC• BATTERY DTC• SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR DTC



Does the scan tool display any active DTCs listed above?


No >> Go To 2

2. ACTIVE OR STORED DTCWith the scan tool, read OCM DTCs.

Does the scan tool display active: B1BBC–NEGATIVE SYSTEM WEIGHT?

Yes >> Go To 3

No >> Go To 4


B1BBC-OCS NEGATIVE SYSTEM WEIGHT (CONTINUED)



Does the scan tool display active: B1BA8–OCS NOT CALIBRATED DTC?


No >> But Other DTCs Present? Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Sectionfor a complete list of symptoms.

No >> No Active DTCs Present? Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

4. STORED B1BBC-OCS NEGATIVE SYSTEM WEIGHT DTCWith the scan tool, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag System Modules.If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.


WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on, then reconnect the battery.With the scan tool monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.If codes are related to the Driver Airbag circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.IF only stored codes return continue the test until the problem area has been isolated.In the previous steps you have attempted to recreate the conditions responsible for setting active DTC in question.





B1BBD-OCM CURRENT CONFIGURATION TABLE UNPROGRAMMEDFor the Occupant Classification System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICSAND DIAGRAMS).


• When Monitored:If the Configuration Table is not programmed at the supplier or when the checksum is invalid.

• Set Condition:This DTC will set if the module was received unprogrammed from the supplier, the vehicle line was not iden-tified correctly or if the flash procedure was not completed successfully

Possible Causes

NEW OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE

INTERNAL CHECKSUM FAILURE

Diagnostic Test

1. MODULE CONFIGURATION

Does the scan tool display B1BBD-OCM CURRENT CONFIGURATION TABLE UNPROGRAMMED?

Yes >> Perform the B1BA7–OCS VERIFICATION REQUIRED diagnostic procedure.

No >> Replace the Occupant Classification Module in accordance with the service information.With the scan tool, perform the OCM SYSTEM VERIFICATION procedure.


B1BC7-DEPLOYMENT DATA RECORD FULLFor a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W .

• When Monitored:With the ignition on. The module’s on board diagnostics continuously performs internal circuit tests.

• Set Condition:This DTC will set if the module identifies an out of range internal circuit.

Possible Causes


Diagnostic Test

1. CHECK FOR ACTIVE DTCTurn the ignition on.With the scan tool, read ORC DTCs.

Is the Deployment Data Record Full DTC active?

Yes >> Go To 2

No >> Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST-VER. 1.



WARNING: If the airbag control module is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to take theproper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and personal injury or death.

View repair.

RepairReplace the Occupant Restraint Controller in accordance with the service information.Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1.


B1BC8-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSORS PERFORMANCE


B1BC8-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSORS PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED)



B1BC8-PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSORS PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED)For the Occupant Classification System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICSAND DIAGRAMS).



• Set Condition:If the module detects the difference between 2 sensors is less than 3 A/D (15 mV) counts for 10 consecutiveminutes while at least one sensor count is changing and greater than 8 A/D (40 mV) counts.

Possible Causes

OTHER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR FAULTS ACTIVE IN THE OCM



PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSORS



Diagnostic Test



NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be turned off and the battery mustbe disconnected.Turn the ignition on, then off, and then on again.

NOTE: This DTC will take 10 minutes to mature, allow plenty of time for the code to mature between as youwork through the test steps.With the scan tool, read Occupant Classification Module (OCM) DTCs.



No >> Go To 2

2. VERIFY THAT DTC B1BC8–PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSORS PERFORMANCE IS ACTIVEWith the scan tool, read OCM DTCs.

Does the scan tool display active: B1BC8–PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSORS PERFORMANCE?

Yes >> Go To 3

No >> Go To 6



3. CHECK FOR OTHER ACTIVE PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR FAULTS IN THE OCMWith the scan tool, read OCM DTCs.

Does the scan tool display any other active Seat Weight Sensor DTCs?


No >> Go To 4




Yes >>


Replace the Passenger Seat Harness in accordance with the Service Information.Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No >> Go To 5






Yes >> Other DTCs ACTIVE? Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section fora complete list of symptoms.







NOTE: This DTC will take 10 minutes to mature, allow plenty of time for the code to mature between as youwork through the test steps.






B2101-IGNITION RUN/START INPUT CIRCUIT LOW


B2101-IGNITION RUN/START INPUT CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)For the Airbag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS).


• When Monitored:While the CAN bus is RUN or SNA and the IOD status is “IN”. The module checks the Fused Ignition SwitchOutput (Run-Start) circuit voltage input range.

• Set Condition:With the ignition on, if voltage on the Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run-Start) circuit is equal to or below 6.25± 0.25 volts. Within 60 seconds of turning the ignition off, if the Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run-Start) circuitis 2.4 to 5.0 volts.

Possible Causes

ORC - (F20) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) CIRCUIT OPEN

ORC - (F20) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND

ORC - (F944) IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) CIRCUIT OPEN

ORC - OPEN IPM FUSE #29


OCS - (F200) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) CIRCUIT OPEN

OCS - (F200) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) CIRCUIT SHORTE3D TO GROUNJD

OCS - OPEN JB FUSE #19


Diagnostic Test

1. VERIFY THAT DTC B2101 IGNITION RUN/START INPUT CIRCUIT LOW IS ACTIVE IN THE ORC.


NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be turned off and the battery mustbe disconnected.Turn the ignition on.With the scan tool, read Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) DTCs.

Does the scan tool display active: B2101 IGNITION RUN/START INPUT CIRCUIT LOW?

Yes >> Go To 3

No >> Go To 2

2. CHECK FOR ACTIVE DTC B2101 IGNITION RUN/START INPUT CIRCUIT LOW IN OCM.With the scan tool, read Occupant Classification Module (OCM) DTCs.

Does the scan tool display active: B2101 IGNITION RUN/START INPUT CIRCUIT LOW?

Yes >> Go To 6

No >> Go To 11


B2101-IGNITION RUN/START INPUT CIRCUIT LOW (CONTINUED)

3. INSPECT AIRBAG RUN-START FUSE (IPM #29)Turn the ignition off.Remove the Airbag Run-Start Fuse #29 from the IPM and inspect the fuse.


Is the Run/Start fuse open?

Yes >> Go To 4

No >> Go To 8

4. CHECK (F20) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) CIRCUIT RESISTANCE

Measure the resistance of the (F20) Fused Ignition Switch Output(Run-Start) circuit between ground and the Airbag Run-Start fuse ter-minal (output side).


Yes >> Go To 5

No >> Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspectthe related wiring and connectors. Look for chaffed,pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken,bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated ter-minals.Replace Airbag Run-Start Fuse.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.



5. CHECK (F20) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) CIRCUIT RESISTANCE WITH ORCCONNECTORS DISCONNECTED

WARNING: If the Occupant Restraint Controller is dropped at anytime, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautionscan result in accidental airbag deployment and personal injury ordeath.

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Disconnect the both ORC connectors.

NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Connect the Load Tool ORC 8443–24 Adaptor to the ORC C2 connec-tor.Measure the resistance of the (F20) Fused Ignition Switch Output(Run-Start) circuit between 8443–24 adaptor and ground).


Yes >> Repair the (F20) Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run-Start)circuit for a short to ground.Replace the Airbag Run-Start Fuse.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSISAND TESTING)

No >> Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Information.Replace the Airbag Run-Start Fuse.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSISAND TESTING)

6. INSPECT AIRBAG RUN-START FUSE (JB #19)

Turn the ignition off.Remove the Airbag Run-Start Fuse #19 from the Junction Block andinspect the fuse.



Yes >> Go To 7

No >> Go To 10



7. CHECK (F200) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) CIRCUIT RESISTANCE WITH OCM C1CONNECTOR DISCONNECTED

WARNING: If the Occupant Classification Module is dropped atany time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precau-tions can result in accidental airbag deployment and personalinjury or death.Disconnect the OCM C1 connector.Measure the resistance of the (F200) Fused Ignition Switch Output(Run-Start) circuit between ground and the Occupant ClassificationModule C1 connector.


Yes >> Repair the (F200) Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run-Start) circuit for a short to ground.Replace the Airbag Run-Start Fuse.Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)

No >> Replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information.Replace the Airbag Run-Start Fuse.Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSISAND TESTING)

8. CHECK (F944) IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN

Turn the ignition on.Measure the voltage of the (F944) Ignition Switch Output (Run-Start)circuit at the Airbag Run-Start fuse terminal (supply side).


Yes >> Go To 9

No >> Repair the open (F944) Ignition Switch Output (Run-Start)circuit.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)



9. CHECK (F20) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Reinstall the Airbag Run-Start Fuse.Disconnect the both ORC connectors.

NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Install the Airbag Load tool ORC 8443–24 adaptor to the ORC C2 con-nector.

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on,then reconnect the battery.Measure the voltage of the (F20) Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run-Start) Circuit between the 8443–24 connector and ground.


Yes >> Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Informa-tion.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)

No >> Repair the open (F20) Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run-Start) circuit.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSISAND TESTING)


WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Reinstall the JB #19 Airbag Run-Start Fuse.Disconnect both Occupant Classification Module (OCM) connectors.


WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on,then reconnect the battery.Measure the voltage of the (F200) Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run-Start) Circuit between the OCM connector and ground.


Yes >> Replace the Occupant Classification Module (OCM) inaccordance with the Service Information.Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)

No >> Repair the open (F200) Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run-Start) circuit between the OCM and thesplice.Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSISAND TESTING)









No >> No problem found Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.


B2102-IGNITION RUN/START INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH


B2102-IGNITION RUN/START INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)For the Occupant Classification System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICSAND DIAGRAMS).


• When Monitored:While the CAN bus ignition status is RUN or SNA and the IOD status is 9IN9. The module checks the (F201)Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run-Start) circuit voltage input range.

• Set Condition:If the module detects that the ignition voltage is greater than 24.25 volts ±0.25 volts for 10 seconds.

Possible Causes

VEHICLE CHARGING SYSTEM

VEHICLE WIRING & HARNESS CONNECTORS


Diagnostic Test

1. VERIFY THAT DTC B2102-IGNITION RUN/START INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH IS ACTIVE



Does the scan tool display active: B2102-IGNITION RUN/START INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH?

Yes >> Go To 2

No >> Go To 3

2. CHECK FOR CHARGING SYSTEM RELATED DTCs IN THE POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)With the scan tool in ECU View, select PCM and check for any Charging System related DTCs.

Does the scan tool display any Charging System related DTCs?

Yes >> Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to (Refer to 9 - ENGINE - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING).

No >> Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Information.Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSISAND TESTING)


B2102-IGNITION RUN/START INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH (CONTINUED)







No >> No problem found Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.


B210D-BATTERY VOLTAGE LOW


B210D-BATTERY VOLTAGE LOW (CONTINUED)For the Occupant Classification System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICSAND DIAGRAMS).


• When Monitored:OCM-While the CAN bus ignition status received is RUN or Signal Not Available (SNA), the module checks the(A27) Fused B+ circuit voltage input range and the (F200) Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit voltage inputrange.

• Set Condition:OCM-If the module detects that the battery voltage is less than or equal to 6.25 volts ±0.25 volts.

• When Monitored:ORC-While the CAN bus ignition status received is RUN or Signal Not Available (SNA), the module checks the(F20) Fused Ignition Switch Output (RUN/START) circuit and the (F100) Fused Run Relay Output (RUN only)circuit voltage input range.

• Set Condition:ORC-If the module detects that the battery voltage is less than or equal to 6.25 volts ±0.25 volts on either theF20 or F100 circuits.

Possible Causes

OCM (A27) FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN

OCM (F200) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN

ORC (F20) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN/START) CIRCUIT OPEN

ORC (F100) FUSED RUN RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN


OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE


Diagnostic Test



NOTE: Troubleshoot any PCM charging/cranking DTCs before proceeding.

NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be turned off and the battery mustbe disconnected.Turn the ignition on.With the scan tool, read Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) and the Occupant Classification Module (OCM) DTCs.

Select module and DTC type.

OCM ActiveGo To 2

OCM StoredGo To 4

ORC ActiveGo To 3

ORC StoredGo To 4


B210D-BATTERY VOLTAGE LOW (CONTINUED)

2. TEST THE VOLTAGE OF OCM (A27) FUSED B(+) AND (F200) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT(RUN-START) CIRCUITS.

WARNING: WARNING:To avoid personal injury or death, turn theignition off, disconnect the battery and wait two minutes beforeproceeding.Disconnect the OCM C1 connector.

WARNING: WARNING:To avoid personal injury or death, turn theignition on, then reconnect the battery.Measure the voltage between Ground and the (f200) Fused IgnitionSwitch Output (Run-Start) circuit.Measure the voltage between Ground and the (A27) Fused B+ circuit.

Is the voltage above 6.75 volts on both circuits?

Yes >> Replace the OCM in accordance with the service informa-tion.Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)

No >> Repair the (A27) Fused B(+) and/or (F200) Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run-Start) circuits for anopen.Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSISAND TESTING)

3. MEASURE THE VOLTAGE OF ORC (F20) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN/START) AND (F100)FUSED RUN RELAY OUTPUT (RUN) CIRCUITS



NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Connect the Load Tool ORC 8443–24 Adaptor to the ORC C2 connec-tor.

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on,then reconnect the battery.Measure the voltage between Ground and the F20 and F100 circuits.

Is the voltage above 6.75 volts on both circuits?

Yes >> Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Informa-tion.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSISAND TESTING)

No >> Repair the appropriate circuit or circuits for an open.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSISAND TESTING)


B210D-BATTERY VOLTAGE LOW (CONTINUED)







No >> No problem found. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.


B210E-BATTERY VOLTAGE HIGH


B210E-BATTERY VOLTAGE HIGH (CONTINUED)For the Occupant Classification System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICSAND DIAGRAMS).


• When Monitored:While the CAN bus ignition status received is RUN or Signal Not Available (SNA), the module checks the(A27) Fused B+ circuit voltage input range.

• Set Condition:If the module detects that the battery voltage is greater than or equal to 24.25 volts ±0.25 volts for 10 seconds.

Possible Causes



Diagnostic Test

1. CHECK FOR AN ACTIVE DTCTurn the ignition on, then off, and then on again.With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs.

Does the scan tool display active: B210E-BATTERY VOLTAGE HIGH?

Yes >> Go To 2

No >> Go To 4

2. CHECK THE BATTERY VOLTAGE TO THE OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULEWith the scan tool in Data Display, read OCM battery voltage.

Is the battery voltage greater than 24.25 volts ±0.25 volts?

Yes >> Go To 3—

No >> Replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information.Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSISAND TESTING)

3. CHECK FOR CHARGING SYSTEM RELATED DTCs IN THE POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)With the scan tool in ECU View, select PCM and check for any Charging System related DTCs.

Does the scan tool display any Charging System related DTCs?

Yes >> Diagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to (Refer to 9 - ENGINE - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING).

No >> Replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information.Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSISAND TESTING)


B210E-BATTERY VOLTAGE HIGH (CONTINUED)









B212C-IGNITION RUN/START INPUT CIRCUIT OPEN


B212C-IGNITION RUN/START INPUT CIRCUIT OPEN (CONTINUED)For the Airbag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS).


• When Monitored:With the ignition in the Run-Start position.

• Set Condition:If voltage on the (F20) Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run-Start) circuit drops below 6.0 volts.

Possible Causes

(F20) FUSED GNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) CIRCUIT OPEN

(F20) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND

(F944) IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN

OPEN IPM FUSE #29


Diagnostic Test

1. VERIFY THAT DTC B212C IGNITION RUN/START INPUT CIRCUIT OPEN IS ACTIVE IN THE ORC.


NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be turned off and the battery mustbe disconnected.Turn the ignition on.Record and erase all ORC DTC’s.Wait 10 seconds.With the scan tool, read Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) DTCs.

Does the scan tool display active: B212C IGNITION RUN/START INPUT CIRCUIT OPEN?

Yes >> Go To 2

No >> Go To 7

2. INSPECT AIRBAG RUN-START FUSE

Turn the ignition off.Remove the Airbag Run-Start Fuse #29 from the Integrated PowerModule and inspect the fuse.



Yes >> Go To 3

No >> Go To 5


B212C-IGNITION RUN/START INPUT CIRCUIT OPEN (CONTINUED)

3. CHECK (F20) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) CIRCUIT RESISTANCE

Measure the resistance of the (F20) Fused Ignition Switch Output(Run-Start) circuit between ground and the Airbag Run-Start fuse ter-minal (output side).


Yes >> Go To 4

No >> Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspectthe related wiring and connectors. Look for chaffed,pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken,bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated ter-minals.Replace Airbag Run-Start Fuse.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)

4. CHECK (F20) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) CIRCUIT RESISTANCE WITH ORCCONNECTORS DISCONNECTED


WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Disconnect both ORC connectors.

NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Connect the Load Tool ORC 8443–24 Adaptor to the ORC C2 connec-tor.Measure the resistance of the (F20) Fused Ignition Switch Output(Run-Start) circuit between the 8443–24 adaptor and ground).


Yes >> Repair the (F20) Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run-Start)circuit for a short to ground.Replace the Airbag Run-Start Fuse.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSISAND TESTING)

No >> Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Information.Replace the Airbag Run-Start Fuse.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSISAND TESTING)



5. CHECK (F944) IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN

Turn the ignition on.Measure the voltage between Ground and the (F944) Ignition SwitchOutput (Run-Start) circuit at the Airbag Run-Start fuse terminal (supplyside).


Yes >> Go To 6

No >> Repair the (F944) Ignition Switch Output (Run-Start) circuitfor an open.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)


WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Reinstall the Airbag Run-Start Fuse.Disconnect the both ORC connectors.

NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Install the Airbag Load tool ORC 8443–24 adaptor to the ORC C2 con-nector.

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on,then reconnect the battery.Measure the voltage of the (F20) Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run-Start) Circuit between the 8443–24 connector and ground.



No >> Repair the (F20) Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run-Start) circuit for an open.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSISAND TESTING)









No >> No problem found. Erase all codes before returning the vehicle to the customer.


B212D-IGNITION RUN ONLY INPUT CIRCUIT OPEN


B212D-IGNITION RUN ONLY INPUT CIRCUIT OPEN (CONTINUED)For the Airbag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS).


• When Monitored:With the ignition in the Run position.

• Set Condition:If voltage on the (F100) Fused Run Relay Output circuit drops below 6.0 volts.

Possible Causes

(F923) RUN RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN

(F100) FUSED IGNITION RUN RELAY CIRCUIT OPEN

(F100) FUSED RUN RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND

IPM FUSE #30 OPEN

B2122–IGNITION RUN CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW

RUN RELAY OPEN


Diagnostic Test

1. VERIFY THAT DTC B212D IGNITION RUN ONLY INPUT CIRCUIT OPEN IS ACTIVE


NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be turned off and the battery mustbe disconnected.Turn the ignition on.Read and erase all ORC DTC’s.Wait 10 seconds.With the scan tool, read Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) DTCs.

Does the scan tool display active: B212D IGNITION RUN ONLY INPUT CIRCUIT OPEN?

Yes >> Go To 2

No >> Go To 9

2. CHECK FOR ACTIVE B2122–IGNITION RUN CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW IN THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTERWith the scan tool, read Instrument Cluster (CCN) DTCs.

Does the scan tool display active: B2122 DTC’s?

Yes >> Go To (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/INSTRUMENT CLUSTER - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)

No >> Go To 3


B212D-IGNITION RUN ONLY INPUT CIRCUIT OPEN (CONTINUED)

3. INSPECT AIRBAG RUN CIRCUIT FUSE

Turn the ignition off.Remove the Airbag Run Circuit Fuse #30 from the IPM and inspectthe fuse.


Is the fuse open?

Yes >> Go To 4

No >> Go To 6

4. CHECK (F214) FUSED RUN RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT RESISTANCE

Measure the resistance of the (F100) Fused Run Relay Output circuitbetween the Airbag Run Relay Output Circuit fuse #30 (output side)terminal and ground.


Yes >> Go To 5

No >> Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspectthe related wiring and connectors. Look for chaffed,pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken,bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated ter-minals.Replace Airbag Run Circuit Fuse.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)



5. CHECK (F100) FUSED RUN RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT RESISTANCE WITH ORC C2 CONNECTORDISCONNECTED



NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Connect the Load Tool ORC 8443-24 Adaptor to the ORC C2 connec-tor.Measure the resistance of the (F100) Fused Run Relay Output circuitbetween 8443-24 adaptor and ground.


Yes >> Repair the (F214) Fused Run Relay Output circuit for ashort to ground.Replace the Airbag Run Circuit Fuse.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSISAND TESTING)

No >> Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Information.Replace the Airbag Run Circuit Fuse.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSISAND TESTING)

6. CHECK (F923) RUN RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT VOLTAGE

Turn the ignition on.Measure the voltage of the (F923) Run Relay Output circuit at the Air-bag Run Circuit fuse terminal (supply side).


Yes >> Go To 7

No >> Go To 8



7. CHECK (F100) FUSED RUN RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Reinstall the Airbag Run Circuit Fuse.Disconnect the ORC C2 connector.

NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Connect the Airbag Load Tool ORC 8443-24 Adaptor to the ORC C2harness connector.

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on,then reconnect the battery.Measure the voltage of the (F100) Fused Run Relay Output Circuitbetween the 8443–24 adaptor and ground.



No >> Repair the open (F100) Fused Run Relay Output circuit between the ORC module and the IPM..Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSISAND TESTING)

8. CHECK (F923) RUN RELAY INOPERATIVE OR OPEN OUTPUT

Turn the ignition off.Disconnect the Junction Block C1 connector.Disconnect the Integrated Power Module C1 connector.

NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Measure the resistance of the Run Relay Output circuit from the IPMto the Junction Block.


Yes >> Repair the (F923) Run Relay Output circuit for an open.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)

No >> Replace the Junction Block (the relay is not replaceable).Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)


B2201-CALIBRATION MISMATCH

• When Monitored:With the Ignition on.

• Set Condition:This DTC will be set when the VIN stored in the PCM does not match the VIN stored in the OccupantRestraint Controller (ORC). The ORC does not support a stored B2201 DTC.

Possible Causes

INCORRECT PCM


Diagnostic Test

1. VERIFY THAT DTC B2201-CALIBRATION MISMATCH IS ACTIVETurn the ignition on.With the scan tool, read ORC DTCs.



Does the scan tool display active: B2201-CALIBRATION MISMATCH?

Yes >> Go To 2

No >> Test Complete.

2. CHECK VIN IN PCMWith the scan tool compare the VIN that is programmed into the PCM to the VIN stored in the ORC.

Does the VIN programmed into the PCM match the VIN stored in the ORC?

Yes >> Go To 3

No >> Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accordance with the service information. Ensurethe PCM is replaced with the correct vehicle line PCM.Perform (NGC) POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 5.




View repair.



B2205-ORIGINAL VIN MISSING/MISMATCHFor a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W .


• Set Condition:The Occupant Restraint Controller will receive and monitor the VIN message from the PCM and record the VINif different from the last VIN.

Possible Causes

INCORRECT VIN PROGRAMMED IN PCM


Diagnostic Test

1. VERIFY THAT DTC B2205-ORIGINAL VIN MISSING/MISMATCHTurn the ignition on.With the scan tool, read ORC DTCs.



Does the scan tool display active :B2205-ORIGINAL VIN MISSING/MISMATCH?

Yes >> Go To 2

No >> If the DTC is stored, check for an intermittent condition. Visually inspect the related wiring harness con-nectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals.

2. CHECK VIN IN PCMWith the scan tool compare the VIN that is programmed into the PCM to the VIN on the vehicle.

Does the VIN programmed into the PCM match the vehicles VIN?

Yes >> Go To 3

No >> Replace the Powertrain Control Module in accordance with Service Information.Perform the (NGC) POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST-VER. 1




View repair.



B2206-CURRENT VIN MISSING/MISMATCH



B2206-CURRENT VIN MISSING/MISMATCH (CONTINUED)For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W .

• When Monitored:During power-up, the ORC and OCM monitors the CAN bus for the VIN message.

• Set Condition:This DTC will set if the VIN information received from the PCM is different from the stored VIN.

Possible Causes

INCORRECT VIN PROGRAMMED INTO THE PCM



Diagnostic Test

1. CHECK FOR ACTIVE DTC

NOTE: Troubleshoot any Ignition, Battery, Seat Weight Sensor, or OCM Internal DTCs BEFORE proceeding

NOTE: Ensure that the battery is fully charged.With the scan tool, read DTCs.

Select the module and DTC type.

OCM-ActiveGo To 2

OCM-StoredErase code with scan tool, test complete.

ORC-ActiveGo To 4

ORC-StoredErase code with scan tool, test complete.

2. CHECK THE VIN STORED IN THE PCMWith the scan tool, compare the VIN that is stored in the PCM to the VIN of the vehicle’s VIN plate.

Does the VIN stored in the PCM match the vehicle’s VIN?

Yes >> Go To 3

No >> Replace and Configure the Powertrain Control Module in accordance with the service information.Perform (NGC) POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 5. Refer to (Refer to 9 - ENGINE - DIAG-NOSIS AND TESTING).


B2206-CURRENT VIN MISSING/MISMATCH (CONTINUED)



Does the scan tool display active: B2206-CURRENT VIN MISSING/MISMATCH?

Yes >> Replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Information.Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No - But Other DTCs PresentDiagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section for a complete list ofsymptoms.

No - No Active DTCs PresentErase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.

4. CHECK THE VIN STORED IN THE PCMWith the scan tool, compare the VIN that is stored in the PCM to the VIN of the vehicle’s VIN plate.

Does the VIN stored in the PCM match the vehicle’s VIN?

Yes >> Go To 5

No >> Replace and Configure the Powertrain Control Module in accordance with the service information.Perform (NGC) POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 5. Refer to (Refer to 9 - ENGINE - DIAG-NOSIS AND TESTING).




View repair.



B2207-OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER INTERNAL 1For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W .



Possible Causes


Diagnostic Test

1. REPLACE OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLERTurn the ignition on.With the scan tool, erase and read ORC DTCs.


WARNING: If the Occupant Restraint Controller is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to takeproper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment and personal injury or death.

When this code is set, view repair.

RepairReplace the Occupant Restraint Controller in accordance with the Service Information.Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST-VER. 1.





Possible Causes


Diagnostic Test







B220A-OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER INTERNAL 4For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W .



Possible Causes


Diagnostic Test







B220B-OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER FIRING STORED ENERGYFor a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W .



Possible Causes


Diagnostic Test



WARNING: If the Occupant Restraint Controller is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to takeproper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and personal injury or death.




B220C-OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER ACCELEROMETER 1 INTERNALFor a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W .



Possible Causes


Diagnostic Test







B220D-OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER ACCELEROMETER 2 INTERNALFor a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W .



Possible Causes


Diagnostic Test







B220F-OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER CONTROL DRIVER 1For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W .



Possible Causes


Diagnostic Test





RepairReplace the Occupant Restraint Controller in accordance with the Service Information.Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST-VER. 1


B2210-OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER CONTROL DRIVER 2For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W .



Possible Causes


Diagnostic Test





RepairReplace the Occupant Restraint Controller in accordance with the Service Information.Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST-VER. 1


B2212-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE INTERNAL



B2212-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE INTERNAL (CONTINUED)For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W .

• When Monitored:While the IGN status is RUN or SNA, while the CAN bus system voltage is between 10 and 16 volts, andduring the OCS Verification Test.

• Set Condition:This DTC will set if the module detects an internal failure.

Possible Causes


Diagnostic Test

1. PERFORM THE OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE VERIFICATION TEST

NOTE: Ensure that the passenger seat is empty.

NOTE: Ensure that all seat and strain gauge sensor bolts are properly torqued.With the scan tool, erase OCM DTCs.Turn the ignition off, wait 10 seconds and turn ignition on.With the scan tool, read OCM DTCs.

Did the DTC: B2212-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE INTERNAL reset?

Yes >> Go To 2

No >> Perform the OCS VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1.



Does the scan tool display any active DTCs?

Yes - B2212 is ACTIVEReplace the Occupant Classification Module in accordance with the service information.

Yes - other DTCs ACTIVEDiagnose and repair the DTCs. Refer to the Table of Contents in this Section for a complete list ofsymptoms.



B223B-VEHICLE CONFIGURATION MISMATCHFor the Airbag circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS).



• Set Condition:The Front Control Module sends a message to the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) that the vehicle is notequipped with an Occupant Classification Module (OCM) but the ORC is receiving OCM messages over theCan B bus.

Possible Causes

INCORRECT PCM


Diagnostic Test

1. VERIFY THAT DTC B223B-VEHICLE CONFIGURATION MISMATCH IS ACTIVETurn the ignition on.With the scan tool, read ORC DTCs.



Does the scan tool display active: B223B-VEHICLE CONFIGURATION MISMATCH?

Yes >> Go To 2

No >> If the DTC is stored, check for an intermittent condition. Visually inspect the related wiring harness con-nectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals.Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST-VER. 1

2. COMPARE STORED VINS IN THE PCM AND ORCWith the scan tool, read and record the VIN that is stored in the PCM.With the scan tool, read and record the VIN that is stored in the ORC.

Do the VINs stored in the PCM and ORC match?

Yes >> Go To 3

No >> Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accordance with the Service Information.Ensure the PCM is replaced with the correct VIN.


B223B-VEHICLE CONFIGURATION MISMATCH (CONTINUED)




View repair

RepairReplace the Occupant Restraint Controller in accordance with the service information.Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST-VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNO-SIS AND TESTING)


B223D-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE DTC PRESENTFor the Occupant Classification System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICSAND DIAGRAMS).



• Set Condition:This DTC will set if the ORC receives a bus message with the active OCM DTC Present bit set.

Possible Causes

ACTIVE DTC IN OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE


Diagnostic Test

1. ACTIVE OR STORED DTCWith the scan tool, read the OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER active DTCs.

Is the B223D-OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE DTC active?

Yes >> Go To 2

No >> With the scan tool, perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST VER-1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RE-STRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)

2. ACTIVE DTC IN OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULEWith the scan tool, read the OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE active DTCs.

Are there any active DTC present?

Yes >> Refer to the symptom list for problems related to the OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE (OCM).

No >> Go To 3





RepairReplace the Occupant Restraint Controller in accordance with Service Instructions.Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNO-SIS AND TESTING)


U0019–CAN B BUS–OCM


U0019–CAN B BUS–OCM (CONTINUED)For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W .

• When Monitored:Continuously

• Set Condition:Whenever the CAN B Bus (+) or CAN B Bus (-) circuit is open, shorted to voltage, or shorted to ground.

Possible Causes

ACTIVE U0019 CAN B BUS DTC IN FRONT CONTROL MODULE

(D55) CAN B BUS (+) CIRCUIT OPEN

(D54) CAN B BUS (-) CIRCUIT OPEN


Diagnostic Test

1. VERIFY DTC U0019–CAN B BUS IS ACTIVETurn the ignition on.With the scan tool, read Occupant Classification Module (OCM) DTCs.

Does the scan tool display active: U0019–CAN B BUS?

Yes >> Go To 2

No >> If the DTC is stored, check for an intermittent condition by inspecting the related wiring harness forchaffed, pierced, pinched, and partially broken wires. Also, inspect the related connectors for broken,bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.Perform OCM VERIFICATION TEST – VER 1.

2. CHECK FOR ACTIVE CAN B BUS RELATED DTCS IN THE FRONT CONTROL MODULE (FCM)With the scan tool, read Front Control Module (FCM) DTCs

Does the scan tool display any active CAN B BUS related DTCs?

Yes >> Diagnose and repair the DTC(s). (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULES -DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)

No >> Go To 3


U0019–CAN B BUS–OCM (CONTINUED)

3. CHECK (D55) CAN B BUS (+) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN


WARNING: If the Occupant Classification Module is dropped atany time, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precau-tions can result in accidental airbag deployment and personalinjury or death.Disconnect the OCM C1 connector.

NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Disconnect the Front Control Module (FCM) C1 connector.Measure the resistance of the (D55) CAN B Bus (+) circuit betweenthe Front Control Module C1 connector and the OCM C1 connector.


Yes >> Go To 4

No >> Repair the (D55) CAN B Bus (+) circuit for an open.Perform OCM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8- ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)

4. CHECK (D54) CAN B BUS (–) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPENMeasure the resistance of the (D54) CAN B Bus (–) circuit betweenthe Front Control Module C1 connector and the OCM, C1 connector.


Yes >> Replace the OCM in accordance with the Service Informa-tion.Perform OCM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8- ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)

No >> Repair the (D54) CAN B Bus (–) circuit for an open.Perform OCM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8- ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)


U0019–CAN B BUS–ORC


U0019–CAN B BUS–ORC (CONTINUED)For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W .



Possible Causes

ACTIVE U0019 CAN B BUS DTC IN FRONT CONTROL MODULE




Diagnostic Test

1. VERIFY DTC U0019–CAN B BUS IS ACTIVETurn the ignition on.With the scan tool, read Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) DTCs.


Yes >> Go To 2

No >> If the DTC is stored, check for an intermittent condition by inspecting the related wiring harness forchaffed, pierced, pinched, and partially broken wires. Also, inspect the related connectors for broken,bent, pushed out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST – VER 1. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSISAND TESTING)



Yes >> Diagnose and repair the DTC(s). (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULES -DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING)

No >> Go To 3


U0019–CAN B BUS–ORC (CONTINUED)



WARNING: If the Occupant Restraint Controller is dropped at anytime, it must be replaced. Failure to take the proper precautionscan result in accidental airbag deployment and personal injury ordeath.Disconnect the ORC C2 connector.

NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.Connect the Load Tool ORC 8443–24 Adaptor to the ORC C2 connec-tor.Disconnect the Front Control Module (FCM) C1 connector.Measure the resistance of the (D55) CAN B Bus (+) circuit betweenthe Front Control Module C1 connector and the ORC C2 connector.


Yes >> Go To 4

No >> Repair the (D55) CAN B Bus (+) circuit for an open.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)

4. CHECK (D54) CAN B BUS (–) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPENMeasure the resistance of the (D54) CAN B Bus (–) circuit betweenthe Front Control Module C1 connector and the ORC C2 connector.


Yes >> Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Informa-tion.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)

No >> Repair the (D54) CAN B Bus (–) circuit for an open.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)


U0020-CAN B BUS OFF PERFORMANCE–OCM


U0020-CAN B BUS OFF PERFORMANCE–OCM (CONTINUED)For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIA-GRAMS).




Possible Causes

ACTIVE U0020 CAN B BUS DTC IN OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE




Diagnostic Test



Yes >> Go To 2




Yes >> Diagnose and repair the DTC(s). (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULES -DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING).

No >> Go To 3


U0020-CAN B BUS OFF PERFORMANCE–OCM (CONTINUED)


Turn the ignition off.Disconnect the negative battery cable.Disconnect the OCM C1 connector.Disconnect the Front Control Module (FCM) C1 connector.Measure the resistance of the (D55) CAN B Bus (+) circuit betweenthe Front Control Module C1 connector and the OCM C1 connector.


Yes >> Go To 4

No >> Repair the (D55) CAN B Bus (+) circuit for an open.Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)

4. CHECK (D54) CAN B BUS (–) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPENMeasure the resistance of the (D54) CAN B Bus (–) circuit betweenthe Front Control Module C1 connector and the OCM C1 connector.



No >> Repair the (D54) CAN B Bus (–) circuit for an open.Perform OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)


U0020-CAN B BUS OFF PERFORMANCE–ORC


U0020-CAN B BUS OFF PERFORMANCE–ORC (CONTINUED)For the Air Bag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIA-GRAMS).




Possible Causes

ACTIVE U0020 CAN B BUS DTC IN OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE




Diagnostic Test



Yes >> Go To 2




Yes >> Diagnose and repair the DTC(s). (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULES -DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING).

No >> Go To 3


U0020-CAN B BUS OFF PERFORMANCE–ORC (CONTINUED)


Turn the ignition off.Disconnect the negative battery cable.Disconnect the OCM C1 connector.Disconnect the Front Control Module (FCM) C1 connector.Measure the resistance of the (D55) CAN B Bus (+) circuit betweenthe Front Control Module C1 connector and the ORC C2 connector.


Yes >> Go To 4

No >> Repair the (D55) CAN B Bus (+) circuit for an open.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)

4. CHECK (D54) CAN B BUS (–) CIRCUIT FOR AN OPENMeasure the resistance of the (D54) CAN B Bus (–) circuit betweenthe Front Control Module C1 connector and the ORC C2 connector.


Yes >> Replace the ORC in accordance with the Service Informa-tion.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)

No >> Repair the (D54) CAN B Bus (–) circuit for an open.Perform ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - DIAGNOSIS AND TEST-ING)


U0022-CAN B BUS (+) CIRCUIT LOWFor a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W .

(Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULES - DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING) for the diagnostictest procedure.

U0023-CAN B BUS (+) CIRCUIT HIGHFor a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W .


U0026-CAN B BUS (-) CIRCUIT HIGHFor a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W .


U0121-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)CONTROL MODULEFor a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W .


U0141-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH FRONT CONTROL MODULEFor a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W .


U0151-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER(ORC)For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W .


U0154-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULEFor a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W .


U0155-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH CLUSTER/CCNFor a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W .


U0156-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH EOMFor a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W .



U0159-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH PARKING ASSIST CONTROL MODULEFor a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W .


U0164-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH HVAC CONTROL MODULEFor a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W .


U0167-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH INTRUSION TRANSCEIVER CONTROLMODULEFor a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W .


U0168-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH VEHICLE SECURITY CONTROL MODULE(SKREEM/WCM)For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W .


U0169-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH SUNROOF CONTROL MODULEFor a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W .



U0170-LOST COMMUNICATION W/UP-FRONT LEFT SATELLITE ACCELERATIONSENSOR


U0170-LOST COMMUNICATION W/UP-FRONT LEFT SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR (CONTINUED)For the Airbag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS).


• When Monitored:The Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) continuously communicates with the Front Left Impact Sensor overthe sensor signal circuit. The sensor communication and on board diagnostics are powered by the ORC signal.

• Set Condition:This code will set, if the ORC and the Front Left Impact Sensor do not establish and maintain valid data com-munications.

Possible Causes



(R79, R81) FRONT LEFT IMPACT SENSOR CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER

(R81) FRONT LEFT IMPACT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN

(R79) FRONT LEFT IMPACT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN

ORC, FRONT LEFT IMPACT SENSOR

Diagnostic Test

1. VERIFY THAT DTC U0170-LOST COMMUNICATION W/UP-FRONT LEFT SATELLITE ACCELERATIONSENSOR IS ACTIVE



Does the scan tool display active:U0170-LOST COMMUNICATION W/UP-FRONT LEFT SATELLITE ACCEL-ERATION SENSOR?

Yes >> Go To 2

No >> Go To 9


U0170-LOST COMMUNICATION W/UP-FRONT LEFT SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR (CONTINUED)

2. CHECK THE (R79, R81) FRONT LEFT IMPACT SENSOR SIGNAL AND GROUND CIRCUITS FOR A SHORTTO BATTERY

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Disconnect the Front Left Impact Sensor connector.Disconnect the ORC connector.

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on,then reconnect the battery.Measure the voltage of the (R79) Front Left Impact Sensor Signal cir-cuit and (R81) Sensor Ground circuit at the Front Left Impact Sensorconnector and ground.


Yes >> Repair the (R79, R81) Front Left Impact Sensor circuits fora short to battery.Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No >> Go To 3

3. CHECK THE (R79) FRONT LEFT IMPACT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Measure the resistance of the (R79) Front Left Impact Sensor Signalcircuit between the Front Left Impact Sensor connector and ground.


Yes >> Repair the (R79) Front Left Impact Sensor Signal circuitfor a short to ground.Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No >> Go To 4



4. CHECK THE (R79, R81) FRONT LEFT IMPACT SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TOGETHER

Measure the resistance between the (R79) Front Left Impact SensorSignal and (R81) Sensor Ground circuits at the Front Left Impact Sen-sor connector.


Yes >> Repair the (R79, R81) Front Left Impact Sensor circuitsshorted together.Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No >> Go To 5

5. CHECK THE (R81) FRONT LEFT IMPACT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN OR HIGHRESISTANCE

Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the Occupant RestraintControl Module connector.Measure the resistance of the (R81) Front Left Impact Sensor Groundcircuit between the Front Left Impact Sensor connector and the 8443Load Tool ORC Adaptor.


Yes >> Go To 6

No >> Repair the (R81) Front Left Impact Sensor 1 Ground cir-cuit for an open or high resistance.Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.



6. CHECK THE (R79) FRONT LEFT IMPACT SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE

Measure the resistance of the (R79) Front Left Impact Sensor Groundcircuit between the Front Left Impact Sensor connector and the 8443Load Tool ORC Adaptor.


Yes >> Go To 7

No >> Repair the (R79) Front Left Impact Sensor Signal circuitfor an open or high resistance.Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

7. CHECK OPERATION OF THE FRONT LEFT IMPACT SENSORReplace the Front Left Impact Sensor.Reconnect the vehicle body harness to the impact sensor.Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components - except the Bat-tery.


Did the active Front Left Impact Sensor DTC return?

Yes >> Go To 8







View repair

RepairReplace the Occupant Restraint Controller in accordance with Service Information.Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.









U0171-LOST COMMUNICATION W/UP-FRONT RIGHT SATELLITE ACCELERATIONSENSOR


U0171-LOST COMMUNICATION W/UP-FRONT RIGHT SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR (CONTINUED)For the Airbag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS).


• When Monitored:The Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) continuously communicates with the Front Right Impact Sensor overthe sensor signal circuit. The sensor communication and on board diagnostics are powered by the ORC signal.

• Set Condition:This code will set, if the ORC and the Front Right Impact Sensor do not establish and maintain valid datacommunications.

Possible Causes



(R80, R82) FRONT RIGHT IMPACT SENSOR CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER

(R82) FRONT RIGHT IMPACT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN

(R80) FRONT RIGHT IMPACT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN

ORC, FRONT RIGHT IMPACT SENSOR

Diagnostic Test

1. VERIFY THAT DTC U0171-LOST COMMUNICATION W/UP-FRONT RIGHT SATELLITE ACCELERATIONSENSOR IS ACTIVE



Does the scan tool display active: U0171-LOST COMMUNICATION W/UP-FRONT RIGHT SATELLITEACCELERATION SENSOR?

Yes >> Go To 2

No >> Go To 9


U0171-LOST COMMUNICATION W/UP-FRONT RIGHT SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR (CONTINUED)

2. CHECK THE (R80, R82) FRONT RIGHT IMPACT SENSOR SIGNAL AND GROUND CIRCUITS FOR ASHORT TO BATTERY

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition off,disconnect the battery and wait two minutes before proceeding.Disconnect the Front Right Impact Sensor connector.Disconnect the ORC connector.

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn the ignition on,then reconnect the battery.Measure the voltage of the (R80) Front Right Impact Sensor Signalcircuit and (R82) Sensor Ground circuit at the Front Right Impact Sen-sor connector and ground.


Yes >> Repair the (R80, R82) Front Right Impact Sensor circuitsfor a short to battery.Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No >> Go To 3

3. CHECK THE (R80) FRONT RIGHT IMPACT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT TO GROUND

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn ignition on,then reconnect the battery.Measure the resistance of the (R80) Front Right Impact Sensor Signalcircuit between the Front Right Impact Sensor connector and ground.


Yes >> Repair the (R80) Front Right Impact Sensor Signal circuitfor a short to ground.Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No >> Go To 4



4. CHECK THE (R80, R82) FRONT RIGHT IMPACT SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TOGETHER

Measure the resistance between the (R80) Front Right Impact SensorSignal and (R82) Sensor Ground circuits at the Front Right ImpactSensor connector.


Yes >> Repair the (R80, R82) Front Right Impact Sensor circuitsshorted together.Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No >> Go To 5

5. CHECK THE (R82) FRONT RIGHT IMPACT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN OR HIGHRESISTANCE

Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the Occupant ControlModule connector.Measure the resistance of the (R82) Front Right Impact SensorGround circuit between the Front Right Impact Sensor connector andthe 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor.


Yes >> Go To 6

No >> Repair the (R82) Front Right Impact Sensor 2 Ground cir-cuit for an open or high resistance.Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.



6. CHECK THE (R80) FRONT RIGHT IMPACT SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE

Measure the resistance of the (R80) Front Right Impact Sensor Signalcircuit between the Front Right Impact Sensor connector and the 8443Load Tool ORC Adaptor.


Yes >> Go To 7

No >> Repair the (R80) Front Right Impact Sensor Signal circuitfor an open or high resistance.Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

7. CHECK OPERATION OF THE FRONT RIGHT IMPACT SENSORReplace the Front Right Impact Sensor.Reconnect the vehicle body harness to the impact sensor.Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components - except the Bat-tery.


Did the active Front Right Impact Sensor DTC return?

Yes >> Go To 8







View repair










U0172-LOST COMMUNICATION W/LEFT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 1


U0172-LOST COMMUNICATION W/LEFT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 1 (CONTINUED)For the Airbag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS).




Possible Causes







Diagnostic Test

1. VERIFY THAT DTC U0172-LOST COMMUNICATION W/LEFT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 1IS ACTIVE



Does the scan tool display active: U0172-LOST COMMUNICATION W/LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1?

Yes >> Go To 2

No >> Go To 9


U0172-LOST COMMUNICATION W/LEFT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 1 (CONTINUED)






No >> Go To 3





No >> Go To 4



4. CHECK THE (R13, R15) LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TOGETHER




No >> Go To 5




Yes >> Go To 6







Yes >> Go To 7





Yes >> Go To 8



U0173-LOST COMMUNICATION W/LEFT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 2


U0173-LOST COMMUNICATION W/LEFT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 2 (CONTINUED)For the Airbag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS).




Possible Causes







Diagnostic Test

1. VERIFY THAT DTC U0173-LOST COMMUNICATION W/LEFT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 2IS ACTIVE



Does the scan tool display active: U0173-LOST COMMUNICATION W/LEFT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERA-TION SENSOR 1?

Yes >> Go To 2

No >> Go To 9








No >> Go To 3





No >> Go To 4



4. CHECK THE (R17, R19) LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 2 CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TOGETHER




No >> Go To 5




Yes >> Go To 6







Yes >> Go To 7





Yes >> Go To 8



U0175-LOST COMMUNICATION W/RIGHT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATIONSENSOR 1


U0175-LOST COMMUNICATION W/RIGHT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 1 (CONTINUED)For the Airbag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS).




Possible Causes







Diagnostic Test

1. VERIFY THAT DTC U0175-LOST COMMUNICATION W/RIGHT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR1



Does the scan tool display active: U0175- LOST COMMUNICATION W/RIGHT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELER-ATION SENSOR 1?

Yes >> Go To 2

No >> Go To 9


U0175-LOST COMMUNICATION W/RIGHT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 1 (CONTINUED)






No >> Go To 3


WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, turn ignition on,then reconnect the battery.Measure the resistance of the (R14) Right Side Impact Sensor 1 Sig-nal circuit between the Right Side Impact Sensor 1 connector andground.



No >> Go To 4







No >> Go To 5


Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the Occupant ControlModule connector.Measure the resistance of the (R16) Right Side Impact Sensor 1Ground circuit between the Right Side Impact Sensor 1 connector andthe 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor.


Yes >> Go To 6







Yes >> Go To 7





Yes >> Go To 8



U0176-LOST COMMUNICATION W/RIGHT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATIONSENSOR 2


U0176-LOST COMMUNICATION W/RIGHT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATION SENSOR 2 (CONTINUED)For the Airbag System circuit diagram (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS).




Possible Causes







Diagnostic Test

1. VERIFY ACTIVE DTC U0176-LOST COMMUNICATION W/RIGHT SIDE SATELLITE ACCELERATIONSENSOR 2

Turn the ignition on.With the scan tool, read ORC DTCs.



Does the scan tool display an active: U0176-LOST COMMUNICATION W/RIGHT SIDE SATELLITE ACCEL-ERATION SENSOR 2?

Yes >> Go To 2

No >> Go To 9








No >> Go To 3


Measure the resistance of the (R18) Right Side Impact Sensor 2 Sig-nal circuit between the Right Side Impact Sensor 2 connector andground.



No >> Go To 4







No >> Go To 5


Connect the 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor to the Occupant RestraintController C2 connector.Measure the resistance of the (R20) Right Side Impact Sensor 2Ground circuit between the Right Side Impact Sensor 2 connector andthe 8443 Load Tool ORC Adaptor.


Yes >> Go To 6







Yes >> Go To 7





Yes >> Go To 8







View Repair


9. TEST FOR INTERMITTENT CONDITIONWith the scan tool, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules.If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.








U0184-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH RADIOFor a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W .


U0186-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH AUDIO AMPLIFIERFor a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W .


U0195-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH SDARSFor a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W .


U0196-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH VEHICLE ENTERTAINMENT CONTROLMODULEFor a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W .


U0197-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH HANDS FREE PHONE MODULEFor a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W .


U0199-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH DRIVER DOOR MODULEFor a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W .


U0200-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH PASSENGER DOOR MODULEFor a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W .


U0208-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH HEATED SEAT CONTROL MODULEFor a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W .


U0209-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH MEMORY SEAT CONTROL MODULEFor a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W .



U1414-IMPLAUSIBLE/MISSING ECU CONFIGURATION DATAFor a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W .



• When Monitored:With the ignition on. The ORC on board diagnostics continuously monitors the CAN Bus message from theFCM containing the ORC Configuration Data.

• Set Condition:This DTC will set if the appropriate CAN Bus message is not received by the ORC.

Possible Causes

FRONT CONTROL MODULE

Diagnostic Test

1. FRONT CONTROL MODULE FAILURETurn the ignition on.With the scan tool, read FCM DTCs.

Does the scan tool display any Front Control Module DTCs?

Yes >> Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List. Repair all FCM active DTCs and before diagnosing theORC DTCs.

No >> Replace the Front Control Module in accordance with the Service Information.Perform the ORC VERIFICATION TEST-VER. 1


U1415-IMPLAUSIBLE/MISSING VEHICLE CONFIGURATION DATAFor a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W .



• When Monitored:With the ignition on. The ORC on board diagnostics loads the ORC Configuration Data from the FCM CANBus message.

• Set Condition:This DTC will set if the CAN Bus message was received but the information is invalid or corrupt.

Possible Causes


Diagnostic Test

1. OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER


WARNING: If the Occupant Restraint Controller is dropped at any time, it must be replaced. Failure to takethe proper precautions can result in accidental airbag deployment and personal injury or death.Disconnect the ORC harness connector(s).



RepairReplace the Occupant Restraint Controller in accordance with Service Information.Perform the ORCVERIFICATION TEST-VER. 1


U0212-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH SCM - CAN-BFor a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W .


U0231-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH RAIN SENSING MODULEFor a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W .


U0241-LOST COMMUNICATION WITH AUTO HIGHBEAM HEADLAMP CONTROLMODULEFor a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W .



*DIAGNOSIS AND CHECKOUT PROCEDURE FOR SEAT WEIGHT SENSORS



*DIAGNOSIS AND CHECKOUT PROCEDURE FOR SEAT WEIGHT SENSORS (CONTINUED)

1. VERIFY COMPLAINTTurn the ignition off.Move the front passenger seat to the full rear position. Verify that the seat is empty, the seat back is in the normalupright position, and that the seat is not interfering with any interior components.Verify that all related connectors are properly seated and locked.Turn the ignition on.With the scan tool in OCM, select Data Display and note the Passenger Seat Weight Sensor voltage for all foursensors (Left Front, Right Front, Left Rear and Right Rear).Move the front passenger seat to the mid track position.Using the scan tool, note the Passenger Seat Weight Sensor voltage for all four sensors.Move the front passenger seat to the full forward position.Using the scan tool, note the Passenger Seat Weight Sensor voltage for all four sensors. The voltage should befrom 1.4 to 3.6 volts for each sensor in each position (full rear, mid track, and full forward).

Is any sensor’s voltage reading out of the acceptable range in any position?

Yes >> Go To 2

No >> Perform test B1BA7 Occupant Classification System Verification Required. If the test passes, the seatweight sensing system is working properly. Return to the procedure that directed you to this procedure.

2. CHECKING FOR BENT FLOOR PANTurn the ignition off.Loosen all of the mounting screws retaining the front passenger seat to the vehicle crossmembers, but do notremove them. Verify that the seat is loose and that no binding exists between the seat and the crossmembers.Move the front passenger seat to the full rear position and then to the full forward position.Tighten all of the mounting screws to specification. Refer to 23 - BODY/SEATS.Move the front passenger seat to the full rear position.Turn the ignition on.Using the scan tool, note the Passenger Seat Weight Sensor voltage for all four sensors.Move the front passenger seat to the mid track position.Using the scan tool, note the Passenger Seat Weight Sensor voltage for all four sensors.Move the front passenger seat to the full forward position.Using the scan tool, note the Passenger Seat Weight Sensor voltage for all four sensors. The voltage should befrom 1.4 to 3.6 volts for each sensor in each position.

Is any sensor’s voltage reading out of the acceptable range in any position?

Yes >> Go To 3

No >> Perform test B1BA7 Occupant Classification System Verification Required. If the test passes, the seatweight sensing system is working properly. Return to the procedure that directed you to this procedure.



3. CHECKING SEAT TO RISER STRESSTurn the ignition off.Loosen all of the mounting screws retaining the front passenger seat track to the riser, but do not remove them.Verify that the seat track is loose and that no binding exists between the seat track and the risers.Turn the ignition on.Using the scan tool, note the Passenger Seat Weight Sensor voltage for all four sensors. The voltage should befrom 1.5 to 3.5 volts for each sensor.

Is any sensor’s voltage reading out of the acceptable range?

Yes >> Go To 4

No >> Visually inspect for damaged or bent risers and crossmembers. Also, verify that the riser holes line upwith the seat mounts in the crossmembers.If riser damage is apparent, replace the risers in accordance with the Service Information. Then, reinstallthe Seat Weight Sensors, and Go To 6.

NOTE: Failure to follow test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing theOccupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: VerifyThat All Tests Steps That Led You Here Were Performed As Directed; Verify That The Ignition Is In Run; Wait30 Seconds After Changing The Seat Weight Before Proceeding To Allow The System To Stabilize; OnlyPress Scan Tool Buttons When Directed To Do So; & Perform The Occupant Classification Module SystemVerification Test To Completion.

If crossmember or floorpan damage is present, repair or replace the components as necessary in accor-dance with the Service Information. Reinstall the seat in the vehicle in accordance with the ServiceInformation. Turn the ignition on. With the scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests,and select Occupant Classification Module System Verification Test. Run the test by following the direc-tions displayed on the scan tool. When the test is complete, Go To 1.

4. TEST SEAT FRAMETurn the ignition off.Remove the front passenger seat from the risers in accordance with the Service Information. Return the risers totheir normal mounting position.Turn the ignition on.Using the scan tool, note the Passenger Seat Weight Sensor voltage for all four sensors. The voltage should befrom 1.4 to 3.6 volts for each sensor.


Yes >> Go To 5

No >> Visually inspect for damaged or bent risers, a damaged or bent seat and seat structure, and damagedor bent seat tracks. Also, verify that the holes in the center of the sensors line up with the seat trackholes and that the seat track position locating tabs are locked in the same parallel slots. If riser damageis apparent, replace the risers in accordance with the Service Information. Then, reinstall the SeatWeight Sensors, and Go To 6.If seat or seat track damage is present, replace the components as necessary in accordance with theService Information. Then, Go To 7



5. TEST SENSORTurn the ignition off.Loosen the mounting screws of all of the Seat Weight Sensors, but do not remove them. Verify that the sensors areloose and that no binding exists between the sensors and the risers.Turn the ignition on.Using the scan tool, note the Passenger Seat Weight Sensor voltage for all four sensors. The voltage should befrom 1.4 to 3.6 volts for each sensor.


Yes >> Replace any Seat Weight Sensors that have an unacceptable voltage reading in accordance with theService Information. Then, Go To 6.

No >> Replace the risers in accordance with the Service Information. Then, reinstall the Seat Weight Sensors,and Go To 6

6. CHECKING FOR IMPROPER SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR TORQUETurn the ignition off.Tighten all of the Seat Weight Sensor mounting screws to specification. Refer to 23 - BODY/SEATS.Turn the ignition on.Using the scan tool, note the Passenger Seat Weight Sensor voltage for all four sensors. The voltage should befrom 1.4 to 3.6 volts for each sensor.


Yes >> Loosen the mounting screws of all Seat Weight Sensors with an unacceptable voltage reading, andrepeat Steps 5 and 6.

No >> Go To 7

7. TEST SEAT TRACKSTurn the ignition off.Mount the front passenger seat on the risers in accordance with service information.Turn the ignition on.Using the scan tool, note the Passenger Seat Weight Sensor voltage for all four sensors. The voltage should befrom 1.4 to 3.6 volts for each sensor.


Yes >> Replace the seat track in accordance with the Service Information. Verify that no binding exists betweenthe seat and risers. Then, repeat Steps 6 and 7.

No >>

NOTE: Failure to follow test instructions or aborting the test will cause faults to set when performing theOccupant Classification Module System Verification Test. To prevent faults due to process errors: VerifyThat All Tests Steps That Led You Here Were Performed As Directed; Verify That The Ignition Is In Run; Wait30 Seconds After Changing The Seat Weight Before Proceeding To Allow The System To Stabilize; OnlyPress Scan Tool Buttons When Directed To Do So; & Perform The Occupant Classification Module SystemVerification Test To Completion.

Reinstall the seat in the vehicle in accordance with the Service Information. Turn the ignition on. Withthe scan tool in OCM, select More Options, select System Tests, and select Occupant ClassificationModule System Verification Test. Run the test by following the instructions displayed by the scan tool.When the test is complete, Go To 1


*OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1


*OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 (CONTINUED)For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W .

1. *OCS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 11. Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components - except theBattery.

WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNITION ON THEN RECONNECT THEBATTERY.2. Connect the scan tool to the Data Link Connector - use the most current software available.3. With the scan tool to erase stored DTCs in all airbag system modules.4. Turn the ignition off, and wait 15 seconds, then turn the ignition on.5. Wait one minute, and read active codes and if there are none present read the stored codes.6. Note: Read the DTC’s in all airbag system related modules.7. If the scan tool shows any active or stored codes, return to the Table of Content and follow path specified for thattrouble code. If no active or stored codes are present, the repair is complete.

Are any DTC’s present or is the original condition still present?

Yes >> Repair is not complete, refer to appropriate symptom list.

No >> Repair is complete.


*ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1For a complete wiring diagram Refer to Section 8W .

1. *ORC VERIFICATION TEST - VER 11. Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components - except theBattery.

WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, TURN THE IGNITION ON THEN RECONNECT THEBATTERY.2. Connect the scan tool to the Data Link Connector - use the most current software available.3. With the scan tool to erase stored DTCs in all airbag system modules.4. Turn the ignition off, and wait 15 seconds, then turn the ignition on.5. Wait one minute, and read active codes and if there are none present read the stored codes.6. Note: If equipped with Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch positions.7. Note: Read the DTC’s in all airbag system related modules.8. If the scan tool shows any active or stored codes, return to the Table of Contents and follow path specified forthat trouble code. If no active or stored codes are present, the repair is complete.

Are any DTC’s present or is the original condition still present?

Yes >> Repair is not complete, refer to appropriate symptom list.

No >> Repair is complete.


SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS


RESTRAINTS - SERVICE INFORMATIONTABLE OF CONTENTS

page page

RESTRAINTS - SERVICE INFORMATIONDESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431WARNING

WARNINGS - RESTRAINT SYSTEM . . . . . . 433DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM . . . . 434STANDARD PROCEDURE

HANDLING NON-DEPLOYEDSUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS . . . . . . . . . . 434

SERVICE AFTER A SUPPLEMENTALRESTRAINT DEPLOYMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSVERIFICATION TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436

CHILD RESTRAINT ANCHORDESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439

CLOCKSPRINGDESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440STANDARD PROCEDURE

CLOCKSPRING CENTERING . . . . . . . . . . . . 441CURTAIN AIRBAG

DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445

DRIVER AIRBAGDESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448DISASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452

IMPACT SENSORDESCRIPTION

FRONT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454SIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454

OPERATIONFRONT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455SIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455

REMOVALFRONT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455SIDE - B-PILLAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456SIDE - C-PILLAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457

INSTALLATIONFRONT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458SIDE - B-PILLAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459

SIDE - C-PILLAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION MODULE

DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463

MODULE-OCCUPANT RESTRAINTCONTROLLERREMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465

PASSENGER AIRBAGDESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470

PASS AIRBAG ON/OFF INDICATORDESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472

SEAT BELT BUCKLEREMOVAL

FRONT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473REAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474

INSTALLATIONFRONT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475REAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476

SEAT BELT & RETRACTORREMOVAL

FRONT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476REAR OUTBOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478REAR CENTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479

INSTALLATIONFRONT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480REAR OUTBOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481REAR CENTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482

SEAT BELT SWITCHDESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484

SEAT BELT TENSIONERDESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485

SEAT BELT TURNING LOOP ADJUSTERREMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487

SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSORDESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489

WK RESTRAINTS - SERVICE INFORMATION 8O - 427

RESTRAINTS - SERVICE INFORMATION

DESCRIPTIONAn occupant restraint system is standard factory-installed safety equipment on this model. Available occupantrestraints for this model include both active and passive types. Active restraints are those which require the vehicleoccupants to take some action to employ, such as fastening a seat belt; while passive restraints require no actionby the vehicle occupants to be employed.

ACTIVE RESTRAINTSThe active restraints for this model include:

• Front Seat Belts - Both front seating positions are equipped with three-point seat belt systems employing alower B-pillar mounted inertia latch-type emergency locking retractors, height-adjustable upper B-pillar mountedturning loops, a traveling lower seat belt anchor secured to the outboard side of the seat frame, and a travelingend-release seat belt buckle secured to the inboard side of the seat frame. The driver side front seat beltbuckle includes an integral Hall-effect seat belt switch that detects whether the driver side front seat belt hasbeen fastened.

• Rear Seat Belts - All three rear seating positions are equipped with three-point seat belt systems. The out-board seating position belts employ lower C-pillar mounted inertia latch-type emergency locking retractors,fixed position upper C-pillar mounted turning loops, self-cinching latch plates for compatibility with child seats,and fixed lower seat belt anchors secured to the rear floor panel by fasteners shared with the rear seat backpanel bracket. The rear seat center seating position has an inertia latch-type emergency locking retractor thatis secured within the seat back to the rear seat back panel. The center retractor also has a cable that connectsto the seat back latch, which locks the retractor spool unless the seat back is fully latched. The rear seatcenter seating position belt lower anchor is secured to the rear floor panel with the left outboard seat beltbuckle. All three rear seat belts have fixed end-release seat belt buckles secured to the rear floor panel byfasteners shared with the rear seat back panel bracket, a single buckle unit on the left side and a doublebuckle unit on the right side.

• Child Restraint Anchors - All vehicles are equipped with three, fixed-position, child seat upper tether anchorsfor the rear seating. Two anchors are integral to the back of the left rear seat back panel, and one is integralto the right rear seat back panel. Two lower anchors are also provided for each rear outboard seating position.The lower anchors are integral to the rear seat back panel bracket on the rear floor panel and are accessedfrom the front of the rear seat where the seat back meets the seat cushion.

PASSIVE RESTRAINTS

The passive restraints available for this model includethe following:

8O - 428 RESTRAINTS - SERVICE INFORMATION WK

• Dual Front Airbags - Multistage driver and frontpassenger airbags are used in this model. Thisairbag system is a passive, inflatable, Supple-mental Restraint System (SRS) and vehicles withthis equipment can be readily identified by the“SRS - AIRBAG” logo molded into the driver air-bag trim cover in the center of the steering wheeland also into the passenger airbag area of theinstrument panel top pad above the glove box.Vehicles with the airbag system can also beidentified by the airbag indicator, which will illumi-nate in the ElectroMechanical Instrument Cluster(EMIC) for about seven seconds as a bulb testeach time the ignition switch is turned to the Onposition. A pyrotechnic-type seat belt tensioner isalso integral to the front seat belt buckle unitsmounted on the inboard of each front seat cush-ion frame to work in conjunction with the dualfront airbags.

• Occupant Classification System - Vehicles manufactured for sale in North America (except Mexico) alsoinclude an Occupant Classification System (OCS) with components that are located on the front seats. Thesecomponents include an Occupant Classification Module (OCM) and four seat weight sensors on the passengerseat, and seat track position sensors on both the driver and passenger seats. Vehicles equipped with the OCScomponents can be readily identified by a passenger airbag on/off indicator (3) located on the right end of theupper switch pod (2) near the top of the instrument panel lower center bezel (1).

• Side Curtain Airbags - Optional side curtain airbags are available for this model when it is also equipped withdual front airbags. This airbag system is a passive, inflatable, Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) and vehi-cles with this equipment can be readily identified by a molded identification trim button with the “SRS - AIR-BAG” logo located on the headliner above each B-pillar.


The supplemental restraint system includes the following major components, which are described in further detailelsewhere in this service information:

• Airbag Indicator - The airbag indicator is integral to the ElectroMechanical Instrument Cluster (EMIC), whichis located on the instrument panel in front of the driver.

• Clockspring - The clockspring is integral to the Steering Control Module (SCM) located near the top of thesteering column, directly beneath the steering wheel.

• Driver Airbag (4) - The driver airbag is located in the center of the steering wheel, beneath the driver airbagtrim cover.

• Driver Knee Blocker - The driver knee blocker is a structural unit secured to the back side of and integral tothe instrument panel steering column opening cover.

• Front Impact Sensor (1) - Two front impact sensors are used on vehicles equipped with dual front airbags,one left side and one right side. One sensor is located on the back side of each vertical member of the radi-ator support.

• Occupant Classification Module (5) - Vehicles equipped with the Occupant Classification System (OCS)include an Occupant Classification Module (OCM) which is secured to the seat frame under the passengerside front seat cushion.

• Occupant Restraint Controller (6) - The Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is located on a mount on thefloor panel transmission tunnel behind the transmission gear selector, and is concealed below the center floorconsole.

• Passenger Airbag (2) - The passenger airbag is located in the instrument panel, beneath the instrument paneltop pad and above the glove box on the passenger side of the vehicle.

• Passenger Airbag On/Off Indicator (3) - The Occupant Classification System (OCS) includes a passengerairbag on/off indicator which is located in the upper switch pod near the top of the instrument panel lowercenter bezel.

• Passenger Knee Blocker - The passenger knee blocker is a structural reinforcement that is integral to andconcealed within the glove box door.


• Seat Belt Tensioner (10) - A seat belt tensioner is integral to both front seat belt buckle units on vehiclesequipped with dual front airbags. The seat belt buckle tensioner units are secured to the inboard front seatcushion frames and concealed beneath the inboard seat cushion side shield trim.

• Seat Track Position Sensor (8) - The Occupant Classification System (OCS) includes two seat track positionsensors. One sensor is located on the inboard side of one of the seat adjuster tracks on both the driver andthe passenger front seats.

• Seat Weight Sensor (7) - Vehicles equipped with the Occupant Classification System (OCS) include four seatweight sensors, one on each corner of the passenger side front seat between the seat cushion frame and theseat track.

• Side Curtain Airbag (11) - In vehicles equipped with this option, a side curtain airbag is secured to eachinside roof side rail, and extends from the A-pillar to just beyond the C-pillar. The side curtain airbags areconcealed above the headliner trim.

• Side Impact Sensor (9) - Four side impact sensors are used on vehicles equipped with the optional sidecurtain airbags, two on each side of the vehicle. One sensor is located behind the B-pillar trim near the baseof each B-pillar, and one sensor is located behind the quarter panel trim near the base of each C-pillar.

The ORC, the OCM, and the EMIC each contain a microprocessor and programming that allow them to communi-cate with each other using the Controller Area Network (CAN) data bus. This method of communication is used bythe ORC for control of the airbag indicator in the EMIC. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC CONTROL MOD-ULES/COMMUNICATION - DESCRIPTION).

Hard wired circuitry connects the supplemental restraint system components to each other through the electricalsystem of the vehicle. These hard wired circuits are integral to several wire harnesses, which are routed throughoutthe vehicle and retained by many different methods. These circuits may be connected to each other, to the vehicleelectrical system, and to the supplemental restraint system components through the use of a combination of sol-dered splices, splice block connectors, and many different types of wire harness terminal connectors and insulators.Refer to the appropriate wiring information. The wiring information includes wiring diagrams, proper wire and con-nector repair procedures, further details on wire harness routing and retention, as well as pin-out and location viewsfor the various wire harness connectors, splices and grounds.

OPERATION

ACTIVE RESTRAINTSThe primary passenger restraints in this or any other vehicle are the standard equipment factory-installed seat beltsand child restraint anchors. Seat belts and child restraint anchors are referred to as an active restraint because thevehicle occupants are required to physically fasten and properly adjust these restraints in order to benefit from them.See the owner’s manual in the vehicle glove box for more information on the features, use and operation of all ofthe factory-installed active restraints.

PASSIVE RESTRAINTSThe passive restraints are referred to as a supplemental restraint system because they were designed and areintended to enhance the protection for the occupants of the vehicle only when used in conjunction with the seatbelts. They are referred to as passive restraints because the vehicle occupants are not required to do anything tomake them operate; however, the vehicle occupants must be wearing their seat belts in order to obtain the maxi-mum safety benefit from the factory-installed supplemental restraint system.

The supplemental restraint system electrical circuits are continuously monitored and controlled by a microprocessorand software contained within the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC). An airbag indicator in the ElectroMechanicalInstrument Cluster (EMIC) illuminates for about seven seconds as a bulb test each time the ignition switch is turnedto the On or Start positions. Following the bulb test, the airbag indicator is turned on or off by the ORC to indicatethe status of the supplemental restraint system. If the airbag indicator comes on at any time other than during thebulb test, it indicates that there is a problem in the supplemental restraint system electrical circuits. Such a problemmay cause airbags not to deploy when required, or to deploy when not required.

Deployment of the supplemental restraints depends upon the angle and severity of an impact. Deployment is notbased upon vehicle speed; rather, deployment is based upon the rate of deceleration as measured by the forces ofgravity (G force) upon the impact sensors. When an impact is severe enough, the microprocessor in the ORC sig-nals the inflator of the appropriate airbag units to deploy their airbag cushions. The front seat belt tensioners areprovided with a deployment signal by the ORC in conjunction with the front airbags.


During a frontal vehicle impact, the knee blockers work in concert with properly fastened and adjusted seat belts torestrain both the driver and the front seat passenger in the proper position for an airbag deployment. The kneeblockers also absorb and distribute the crash energy from the driver and the front seat passenger to the structureof the instrument panel. The seat belt tensioners remove the slack from the front seat belts to provide further assur-ance that the driver and front seat passenger are properly positioned and restrained for an airbag deployment.

Typically, the vehicle occupants recall more about the events preceding and following a collision than they do of anairbag deployment itself. This is because the airbag deployment and deflation occur very rapidly. In a typical 48kilometer-per-hour (30 mile-per-hour) barrier impact, from the moment of impact until the airbags are fully inflatedtakes about 40 milliseconds. Within one to two seconds from the moment of impact, the airbags are almost entirelydeflated. The times cited for these events are approximations, which apply only to a barrier impact at the givenspeed. Actual times will vary somewhat, depending upon the vehicle speed, impact angle, severity of the impact,and the type of collision.

When the ORC monitors a problem in any of the dual front airbag system circuits or components, including the seatbelt tensioners, it stores a fault code or Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) in its memory circuit and sends an elec-tronic message to the EMIC to turn on the airbag indicator. Proper testing of the supplemental restraint systemcomponents, the Controller Area Network (CAN) data bus, the electronic message inputs to and outputs from theEMIC or the ORC, as well as the retrieval or erasure of a DTC from the ORC or the EMIC requires the use of adiagnostic scan tool. Refer to the appropriate diagnostic information.

See the owner’s manual in the vehicle glove box for more information on the features, use and operation of all ofthe factory-installed passive restraints.

OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM

In vehicles equipped with the Occupant Classification System (OCS), the OCS automatically suppresses or enablespassenger airbag and seat belt tensioner operation based upon whether or not the passenger side front seat isoccupied and, if the seat is occupied, classifies the size of the occupant and whether the seat is occupied by a childseat.

The OCS has an Occupant Classification Module (OCM) that monitors inputs from the seat weight sensors underthe passenger side front seat cushion and from the seat track position sensors on the passenger side and driverside seat adjuster tracks. Based upon those inputs the microprocessor within the OCM classifies the occupant of thepassenger side front seat, and the proximity of each front seat to the front airbags. The OCM then sends electronicoccupant classification messages to the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC). The microprocessor and program-ming of the ORC determines whether to enable or disable the deployment circuits for the passenger airbag and seatbelt tensioner; and, if enabled, what force level should be used to deploy each front airbag.

The OCS electrical circuits and components are continuously monitored by the OCM, and the OCM is continuouslymonitored by the ORC. A passenger airbag on/off indicator is located in the upper switch pod near the top of theinstrument panel lower center bezel. This indicator receives battery current whenever the ignition switch is in the Onor Start positions, and illuminates only when the ORC pulls the indicator control circuit to ground. The indicatorilluminates for about seven seconds as a bulb test each time the ignition switch is turned to the On or Start posi-tions. Following the bulb test, the indicator is turned on or off by the ORC based upon the electronic occupantclassification messages received from the OCM. This indicator is illuminated whenever the seat is occupied andpassenger airbag and seat belt tensioner operation has been suppressed. The indicator is turned off whenever theseat is empty, or when the seat is occupied and the passenger airbag and seat belt tensioner are enabled.

When the OCM monitors a problem in any of the OCS circuits or components, it stores a fault code or DTC in itsmemory circuit and sends an electronic message to the ORC. The ORC then sends an electronic message to theElectroMechanical Instrument Cluster (EMIC) to turn on the airbag indicator. If for any reason the OCM is unable toclassify the occupant it sends an electronic message to the ORC, and the ORC suppresses passenger airbag andseat belt tensioner operation. Proper testing of the OCS components, the Controller Area Network (CAN) data bus,the electronic message inputs to and outputs from the OCM, the EMIC or the ORC, as well as the retrieval orerasure of a DTC from the OCM, the ORC or the EMIC requires the use of a diagnostic scan tool. Refer to theappropriate diagnostic information.

See the owner’s manual in the vehicle glove box for more information on the features, use and operation of theOCS.


WARNING

WARNINGS - RESTRAINT SYSTEM

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, during and following any seat belt or child restraint anchorservice, carefully inspect all seat belts, buckles, mounting hardware, retractors, tether straps, and anchorsfor proper installation, operation, or damage. Replace any belt that is cut, frayed, or torn. Straighten anybelt that is twisted. Tighten any loose fasteners. Replace any belt that has a damaged or inoperative buckleor retractor. Replace any belt that has a bent or damaged latch plate or anchor plate. Replace any childrestraint anchor or the unit to which the anchor is integral that has been bent or damaged. Never attempt torepair a seat belt or child restraint component. Always replace damaged or faulty seat belt and childrestraint components with the correct, new and unused replacement parts listed in the DaimlerChryslerMopar Parts Catalog.

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, on vehicles equipped with airbags, disable the supplementalrestraint system before attempting any steering wheel, steering column, airbag, occupant classification sys-tem, seat belt tensioner, impact sensor, or instrument panel component diagnosis or service. Disconnectand isolate the battery negative (ground) cable, then wait two minutes for the system capacitor to dischargebefore performing further diagnosis or service. This is the only sure way to disable the supplementalrestraint system. Failure to take the proper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment.

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death on vehicles equipped with airbags, before performing anywelding operations disconnect and isolate the battery negative (ground) cable and disconnect all wire har-ness connectors from the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC). Failure to take the proper precautions couldresult in accidental airbag deployment and other possible damage to the supplemental restraint system cir-cuits and components.

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, do not attempt to dismantle an airbag unit or tamper with itsinflator. Do not puncture, incinerate, or bring into contact with electricity. Do not store at temperaturesexceeding 93° C (200° F). An airbag inflator unit may contain sodium azide and potassium nitrate. Thesematerials are poisonous and extremely flammable. Contact with acid, water, or heavy metals may produceharmful and irritating gases (sodium hydroxide is formed in the presence of moisture) or combustible com-pounds. An airbag inflator unit may also contain a gas canister pressurized to over 2500 psi.

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, when handling a seat belt tensioner retractor, proper careshould be exercised to keep fingers out from under the retractor cover and away from the seat belt webbingwhere it exits from the retractor cover.

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, replace all restraint system components only with parts spec-ified in the DaimlerChrysler Mopar Parts Catalog. Substitute parts may appear interchangeable, but internaldifferences may result in inferior occupant protection.

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, the fasteners, screws, and bolts originally used for therestraint system components must never be replaced with any substitutes. These fasteners have specialcoatings and are specifically designed for the restraint system. Any time a new fastener is needed, replaceit with the correct fasteners provided in the service package or specified in the DaimlerChrysler Mopar PartsCatalog.


WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, when a steering column has an airbag unit attached, neverplace the column on the floor or any other surface with the steering wheel or airbag unit face down.

DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEMProper diagnosis and testing of the supplemental restraint system components, the Controller Area Network (CAN)data bus, the data bus electronic message inputs to and outputs from the ElectroMechanical Instrument Cluster(EMIC), the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC), or the Occupant Classification Module (OCM) as well as theretrieval or erasure of a Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) from the ORC or OCM requires the use of a diagnosticscan tool. Refer to the appropriate diagnostic information.


STANDARD PROCEDURE

HANDLING NON-DEPLOYED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSAt no time should any source of electricity be permitted near the inflator on the back of a non-deployed airbag orseat belt tensioner. When carrying a non-deployed airbag, the trim cover or airbag cushion side of the unit shouldbe pointed away from the body to minimize injury in the event of an accidental deployment. If the airbag unit isplaced on a bench or any other surface, the trim cover or airbag cushion side of the unit should be face up tominimize movement in the event of an accidental deployment.

When handling a non-deployed seat belt tensioner, take proper care to keep fingers away from the scabbardbetween the buckle and the tensioner unit. In addition, the supplemental restraint system should be disarmed when-ever any steering wheel, steering column, seat belt tensioner, airbag, impact sensor, Occupant Classification System(OCS), or instrument panel components require diagnosis or service. Failure to observe this warning could result inaccidental airbag deployment and possible personal injury.

All damaged, faulty or non-deployed airbags and seat belt tensioners which are replaced on vehicles are to behandled and disposed of properly. If an airbag or seat belt tensioner unit is faulty or damaged and non-deployed,refer to the Hazardous Substance Control System for proper disposal. Dispose of all non-deployed and deployedairbags and seat belt tensioners in a manner consistent with state, provincial, local and federal regulations.

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT STORAGEAirbags and seat belt tensioners must be stored in their original, special container until they are used for service.Also, they must be stored in a clean, dry environment; away from sources of extreme heat, sparks, and high elec-trical energy. Always place or store any airbag on a surface with its trim cover or airbag cushion side facing up, tominimize movement in case of an accidental deployment.

SERVICE AFTER A SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT DEPLOYMENTAny vehicle which is to be returned to use following a supplemental restraint deployment, must have the deployedrestraints replaced. In addition, if the driver airbag has been deployed, the clockspring/Steering Control Module(SCM) must be replaced. If the passenger airbag is deployed, the instrument panel top pad must be replaced. Theseat belt tensioners are deployed by the same signal that deploys the driver and passenger airbags and must alsobe replaced if either front airbag has been deployed. If a side curtain airbag has been deployed, the complete air-bag unit, the headliner, as well as the upper A, B, C and D-pillar trim must be replaced. These components are notintended for reuse and will be damaged or weakened as a result of a supplemental restraint deployment, which mayor may not be obvious during a visual inspection.

On vehicles with an optional sunroof, the sunroof drain tubes and hoses must be closely inspected following a sidecurtain airbag deployment. It is also critical that the mounting surfaces and/or mounting brackets for the OccupantRestraint Controller (ORC), side impact sensors, and front impact sensors be closely inspected and restored to theiroriginal conditions following any vehicle impact damage. Because the ORC and each front and side impact sensor


are used by the supplemental restraint system to monitor or confirm the direction and severity of a vehicle impact,improper orientation or insecure fastening of these components may cause airbags not to deploy when required, orto deploy when not required.

All other vehicle components should be closely inspected following any supplemental restraint deployment, but areto be replaced only as required by the extent of the visible damage incurred.

AIRBAG SQUIB STATUSMultistage airbags with multiple initiators (squibs) must be checked to determine that all squibs were used duringthe deployment event. The driver and passenger airbags in this model are deployed by electrical signals generatedby the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) through the driver or passenger squib 1 and squib 2 circuits to the twoinitiators in the airbag inflators. Typically, both initiators are used and all potentially hazardous chemicals are burnedduring an airbag deployment event. However, it is possible for only one initiator to be used due to an airbag systemfault; therefore, it is always necessary to confirm that both initiators have been used in order to avoid the improperhandling or disposal of potentially live pyrotechnic or hazardous materials. The following procedure should be per-formed using a diagnostic scan tool to verify the status of both airbag squibs before either deployed airbag isremoved from the vehicle for disposal.

CAUTION: Deployed front airbags having two initiators (squibs) in the airbag inflator may or may not havelive pyrotechnic material within the inflator. Do not dispose of these airbags unless you are sure of com-plete deployment. Refer to the Hazardous Substance Control System for proper disposal procedures. Dis-pose of all non-deployed and deployed airbags and seat belt tensioners in a manner consistent with state,provincial, local, and federal regulations.

1. Be certain that the diagnostic scan tool contains the latest version of the proper diagnostic software. Connect thescan tool to the 16-way Data Link Connector (DLC). The DLC is located on the driver side lower edge of theinstrument panel, outboard of the steering column.

2. Turn the ignition switch to the On position.

3. Using the scan tool, read and record the active (current) Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) data.

Using the active DTC information, refer to the Airbag Squib Status table to determine the status of both driverand/or passenger airbag squibs.

AIRBAG SQUIB STATUS

IF the Active DTC is: Conditions Squib Status

Driver or Passenger Squib 1open

AND the stored DTC minutes for both Driver orPassenger squibs are within 15 minutes of eachother

Both Squib 1 and 2 wereused.



AND the stored DTC minutes for Driver orPassenger Squib 2 open is GREATER than thestored DTC minutes for Driver or PassengerSquib 1 by 15 minutes or more

Squib 1 was used; Squib 2 islive.



AND the stored DTC minutes for Driver orPassenger Squib 1 open is GREATER than thestored DTC minutes for Driver or PassengerSquib 2 by 15 minutes or more

Squib 1 is live; Squib 2 wasused.



AND Driver or Passenger Squib 2 open is NOTan active code

Squib 1 was used; Squib 2 islive.


AND Driver or Passenger Squib 1 open is NOTan active code

Squib 1 is live; Squib 2 wasused.

If none of the Driver or Passenger Squib 1 or 2 open are active codes, the status of the airbag squibs is unknown.In this case the airbag should be handled and disposed of as if the squibs were both live.


CLEANUP PROCEDURE

Following a supplemental restraint deployment, thevehicle interior will contain a powdery residue. Thisresidue consists primarily of harmless particulateby-products of the small pyrotechnic charge that ini-tiates the propellant used to deploy a supplementalrestraint. However, this residue may also containtraces of sodium hydroxide powder, a chemicalby-product of the propellant material that is used togenerate the inert gas that inflates the airbag. Sincesodium hydroxide powder can irritate the skin, eyes,nose, or throat, be certain to wear safety glasses, rub-ber gloves, and a long-sleeved shirt during cleanup.

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, if you experience skin irritation during cleanup, run cool waterover the affected area. Also, if you experience irritation of the nose or throat, exit the vehicle for fresh airuntil the irritation ceases. If irritation continues, see a physician.

1. Begin the cleanup by using a vacuum cleaner toremove any residual powder from the vehicle inte-rior. Clean from outside the vehicle and work yourway inside, so that you avoid kneeling or sitting ona non-cleaned area.

2. Be certain to vacuum the heater and air condition-ing outlets as well. Run the heater and air condi-tioner blower on the lowest speed setting andvacuum any powder expelled from the outlets.

CAUTION: Deployed front airbags having two initi-ators (squibs) in the airbag inflator may or maynot have live pyrotechnic material within the infla-tor. Do not dispose of these airbags unless youare sure of complete deployment. Refer to AIRBAGSQUIB STATUS . All damaged, faulty, or non-de-ployed supplemental restraints which are replacedon vehicles are to be handled and disposed of properly. If an airbag or seat belt tensioner unit is faulty ordamaged and non-deployed, refer to the Hazardous Substance Control System for proper disposal. Be cer-tain to dispose of all non-deployed and deployed supplemental restraints in a manner consistent with state,provincial, local and federal regulations.

3. Next, remove the deployed supplemental restraints from the vehicle. Refer to the appropriate service removalprocedures.

4. You may need to vacuum the interior of the vehicle a second time to recover all of the powder.

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS VERIFICATION TESTThe following procedure should be performed using a diagnostic scan tool to verify proper supplemental restraintsystem operation following the service or replacement of any supplemental restraint system component. In addition,if the vehicle is equipped with the Occupant Classification System and one of the passenger front seat supplementalrestraint components has been replaced, following successful completion of the supplemental restraint system ver-ification test procedure, perform the Occupant Classification System Verification Test using a diagnostic scan tool.Refer to the appropriate diagnostic procedures.



1. During the following test, the battery negative cableremains disconnected and isolated, as it was dur-ing the supplemental restraint system componentremoval and installation procedures.

2. Be certain that the diagnostic scan tool containsthe latest version of the proper diagnostic software.Connect the scan tool to the 16-way Data LinkConnector (DLC) (1). The DLC is located on thedriver side lower edge of the instrument panel (2),outboard of the steering column.

3. Turn the ignition switch to the On position and exitthe vehicle with the scan tool.

4. Check to be certain that nobody is in the vehicle,then reconnect the battery negative cable.

5. Using the scan tool, read and record the active(current) Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) data.

6. Next, use the scan tool to read and record anystored (historical) DTC data.

7. If any DTC is found in Step 5 or Step 6, refer tothe appropriate diagnostic information.

8. Use the scan tool to erase the stored DTC data. Ifany problems remain, the stored DTC data will not erase. Refer to the appropriate diagnostic information to diag-nose any stored DTC that will not erase. If the stored DTC information is successfully erased, go to Step 9.

9. Turn the ignition switch to the Off position for about fifteen seconds, and then back to the On position. Observethe airbag indicator in the instrument cluster. It should light for six to eight seconds, and then go out. This indi-cates that the supplemental restraint system is functioning normally and that the repairs are complete. If theairbag indicator fails to light, or lights and stays on, there is still an active supplemental restraint system fault ormalfunction. Refer to the appropriate diagnostic information to diagnose the problem.


CHILD RESTRAINT ANCHOR

DESCRIPTION

This model is equipped with a Lower Anchors and Tether for CHildren, or LATCH child restraint anchorage system.The LATCH system provides for the installation of suitable child restraints in certain seating positions without usingthe standard equipment seat belt provided for that seating position. The rear seats in these models are equippedwith a fixed-position child restraint upper tether anchor (2) for both the center and the two outboard seating posi-tions, and child restraint lower anchors (1) for the two outboard seating positions only.

The three upper tether anchors (1) are integral to therear seat back panels. One anchor is integral to theback of the right rear panel, and two are integral tothe left rear panel. These anchors are each con-structed from short lengths of heavy-gauge steel wirethat is securely welded into stamped steel cups thatare integral to the seat back panels. There is a sepa-rate molded plastic trim bezel located around each ofthe three anchors. These child restraint upper tetheranchors cannot be adjusted or repaired and, if faultyor damaged, they must be replaced as a unit withtheir respective rear seat back panels.


The lower anchors are integral to the rear seat backpanel bracket (1), which is secured with screws to therear floor panel just forward of the rear seat back pan-els and beneath the rear edge of the rear seat cush-ion. These anchors are each constructed from aheavy-gauge steel wire loop that is securely welded tothe seat back panel bracket. The child restraint uppertether anchors cannot be adjusted or repaired and, iffaulty or damaged, they must be replaced as a unitwith the rear seat back panel bracket.

The rear seat lower anchors (2) are each accessedfrom the front of their respective seat, at each sidewhere the seat back meets the seat cushion. Roundmarkers (1) with an imprinted child seat icon helpidentify the anchor locations as they may be otherwisedifficult to see with the seat back in the uprightposition.

OPERATIONSee the owner’s manual in the vehicle glove box for more information on the proper use of all of the factory-installedchild restraint anchors.


CLOCKSPRING

DESCRIPTION

The clockspring for this model is internal to and ser-viced as a unit with the Steering Control Module(SCM) (4). The SCM is secured near the top of thesteering column behind the steering wheel. The SCMis a modular unit that also interfaces with and sup-ports the left (lighting) multi-function switch (1), theright (wiper) multi-function switch (2), and the hazardswitch (3). Each of these switches can be separatedfrom and are serviced individually from the SCM.

Besides the clockspring, the SCM contains an elec-tronic circuit board and a microprocessor, which allowsit to communicate with other electronic modules in thevehicle over the Controller Area Network (CAN) databus. On models so equipped, the SCM also includesan integral Steering Angle Sensor (SAS). The SCMcircuitry, the clockspring, and the SAS are all con-tained within a flat, round molded plastic case.

The SCM case includes two connector receptacles that face toward the instrument panel. Within the plastic case isa spool-like molded plastic rotor with a large exposed hub. The upper surface of the rotor hub has a large, keyedcenter hole, an index hole, two short pigtail wires with connectors, and two connector receptacles that face towardthe steering wheel. Wound around the rotor spool within the case is a long ribbon-like tape that consists of severalthin copper wire leads sandwiched between two thin plastic membranes. The outer end of the tape terminates at theconnector receptacles that face the instrument panel, while the inner end of the tape terminates at the pigtail wiresand connector receptacles on the hub of the clockspring rotor that face the steering wheel. The lower surface of therotor hub has a molded plastic turn signal cancel cam with two lobes that is keyed to the clockspring rotor.

The service replacement SCM is shipped with the clockspring pre-centered and with a molded plastic locking pin (5)installed. The locking pin secures the centered clockspring rotor to the SCM case during shipment and handling, butmust be removed after the SCM is installed on the steering column and before the steering wheel is installed. (Referto 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS/CLOCKSPRING - STANDARD PROCEDURE - CLOCKSPRING CENTERING).

The clockspring cannot be repaired. If the clockspring is faulty, damaged, or if the driver airbag has been deployed,the SCM/clockspring/SAS unit must be replaced. (Refer to 19 - STEERING/COLUMN/STEERING COLUMN CON-TROL MODULE - REMOVAL).

OPERATIONThe clockspring is a mechanical electrical circuit component that is used to provide continuous electrical continuitybetween the fixed instrument panel wire harness and certain electrical components mounted on or in the rotatingsteering wheel. On this model the rotating electrical components include the driver airbag, the horn switch, thespeed control switches, and the remote radio switches, if the vehicle is so equipped. The Steering Control Module(SCM)/clockspring case is positioned and secured near the top of the steering column. The fixed connector recep-tacles on the back of the fixed SCM/clockspring case connect the clockspring to the vehicle electrical systemthrough two take outs with connectors from the instrument panel wire harness.

The clockspring rotor is movable and is keyed so as to move with the rotation of the steering column shaft and thesteering wheel. The lower surface of the clockspring rotor hub engages and indexes the clockspring rotor to the turnsignal cancel cam. Two short, yellow-sleeved pigtail wires on the upper surface of the clockspring rotor connect theclockspring to the driver airbag, while a steering wheel wire harness and a driver airbag jumper harness connectedto the two connector receptacles on the upper surface of the clockspring rotor complete circuits to the horn switch,the two speed control switches and, if the vehicle is so equipped, to the optional remote radio switches on thesteering wheel.


Like the clockspring in a timepiece, the clockspring tape has travel limits and can be damaged by being wound tootightly during full stop-to-stop steering wheel rotation. To prevent this from occurring, the clockspring is centeredwhen it is installed on the steering column. Centering the clockspring indexes the clockspring tape to the movablesteering components so that the tape can operate within its designed travel limits. However, if the SCM/clockspringis removed from the steering column or if the steering shaft is disconnected from the steering gear, the clockspringspool can change position relative to the other steering components. The clockspring must be re-centered followingcompletion of this service or the tape may be damaged.

Service replacement SCM/clocksprings are shipped pre-centered and with a locking pin installed. This locking pinshould not be removed until the SCM/clockspring has been installed on the steering column. If the locking pin isremoved before the SCM/clockspring is installed on a steering column, the clockspring centering procedure must beperformed. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS/CLOCKSPRING - STANDARD PROCEDURE - CLOCK-SPRING CENTERING).

STANDARD PROCEDURE

CLOCKSPRING CENTERING


NOTE: A service replacement Steering Control Module (SCM) is shipped with the clockspring pre-centeredand with a molded plastic locking pin installed. This locking pin should not be removed until the SCM hasbeen installed on the steering column. If the locking pin is removed before the SCM is installed on a steer-ing column, the clockspring centering procedure must be performed.

NOTE: Before starting this procedure, be certain to turn the steering wheel until the front wheels are in thestraight-ahead position.


1. Place the front wheels in the straight-ahead position.

2. Remove the Steering Control Module (SCM) (2) from the steering column. (Refer to 19 - STEERING/COLUMN/STEERING CONTROL MODULE - REMOVAL).

3. Hold the SCM in one hand so that it is oriented as it would be when it is installed on the steering column.

4. Use your other hand to rotate the clockspring rotor (1) clockwise to the end of its travel. Do not apply excessivetorque.

5. From the end of the clockwise travel, rotate the rotor about two and one-half turns counterclockwise. The clock-spring airbag pigtail wires and connector receptacles should be at the top and the holes for the clockspring lock-ing pin (3) should be in alignment.

6. The clockspring is now centered. Secure the clockspring rotor to the SCM case to maintain clockspring centeringuntil the SCM is reinstalled on the steering column.

7. The front wheels should still be in the straight-ahead position. Reinstall the SCM onto the steering column. (Referto 19 - STEERING/COLUMN/STEERING CONTROL MODULE - INSTALLATION).

CURTAIN AIRBAG

DESCRIPTION

Optional side curtain airbags are available for thismodel when it is also equipped with dual front airbags.These airbags are passive, inflatable, SupplementalRestraint System (SRS) components, and vehicleswith this equipment can be readily identified by amolded identification trim button with the “SRS - AIR-BAG” logo located on the headliner above each B-pil-lar. This system is designed to reduce injuries to thevehicle occupants in the event of a side impactcollision.

Vehicles equipped with side curtain airbags have twoindividually controlled curtain airbag units. These air-bag units are concealed and mounted above theheadliner where they are each secured to one of theroof side rails. Each folded airbag cushion is con-tained within a long extruded plastic channel thatextends along the roof rail from the A-pillar at the frontof the vehicle to just behind the C-pillar at the rear ofthe vehicle. A long tether extends down the A-pillarfrom the front of the airbag cushion. The end of thetether is secured to a slot in the sheet metal with ametal hook, while two additional plastic clips securethe tether to the inside of the A-pillar.

The hybrid-type inflator for each airbag is secured to the roof rail at the rear of the airbag unit between the C-pillarand the D-pillar, and is connected to the airbag cushion by a long tubular manifold. The inflator bracket and theextruded airbag cushion channel are secured with both plastic push-in fasteners and screws to the roof rail. The


inflator is initially hung from the roof rail by hooks that are integral to the inflator bracket. The airbag inflator isconnected to the vehicle electrical system through a dedicated take out and connector of the body wire harnessnear the top of the D-pillar.

The side curtain airbag unit cannot be adjusted or repaired and must be replaced if deployed, faulty, or in any waydamaged. Once a side curtain airbag has been deployed, the complete airbag unit, the headliner, the upper A, B,and C-pillar trim, and all other visibly damaged components must be replaced.

OPERATIONEach side curtain airbag is deployed individually by an electrical signal generated by the Occupant Restraint Con-troller (ORC) to which it is connected through left or right curtain airbag line 1 and line 2 (or squib) circuits. Thehybrid-type inflator assembly for each airbag contains a small canister of highly compressed inert gas. When theORC sends the proper electrical signal to the airbag inflator, the electrical energy creates enough heat to ignitechemical pellets within the inflator.

Once ignited, these chemicals burn rapidly and produce the pressure necessary to rupture a containment disk in theinert gas canister. The inflator and inert gas canister are sealed and connected to a tubular manifold so that all ofthe released gas is directed into the folded curtain airbag cushion, causing the cushion to inflate. As the airbagcushion inflates it will drop down from the roof rail between the edge of the headliner and the side glass/body pillarsto form a curtain-like cushion to protect the vehicle occupants during a side impact collision.

The front tether keeps the side curtain bag taut to the side of the vehicle, thus ensuring that the bag will deploy inthe proper position. Following the airbag deployment, the airbag cushion quickly deflates by venting the inert gasthrough the loose weave of the cushion fabric, and the deflated cushion hangs down loosely from the roof rail.

REMOVAL


WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, when removing a deployed airbag, rubber gloves, eye protec-tion, and a long-sleeved shirt should be worn. There may be deposits on the airbag unit and other interiorsurfaces. In large doses, these deposits may cause irritation to the skin and eyes.

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, use extreme care to prevent any foreign material from enter-ing the side curtain airbag, or becoming entrapped between the side curtain airbag cushion and the head-liner. Failure to observe this warning could result in occupant injuries upon airbag deployment.

NOTE: The following procedure is for replacement of a faulty or damaged side curtain airbag. If the airbagis faulty or damaged, but not deployed, review the recommended procedures for handling non-deployedsupplemental restraints. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - STANDARD PROCEDURE - HANDLINGNON-DEPLOYED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS). If the side curtain airbag has been deployed, review therecommended procedures for service after a supplemental restraint deployment before removing the airbagfrom the vehicle. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - STANDARD PROCEDURE - SERVICE AFTER ASUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT DEPLOYMENT).


1. Disconnect and isolate the battery negative cable.Wait two minutes for the system capacitor to dis-charge before further service.

2. Remove the headliner from the vehicle. (Refer to23 - BODY/INTERIOR/HEADLINER - REMOVAL).

3. Disconnect the body wire harness connector (2) forthe side curtain airbag from the connector recepta-cle at the back of the inflator (1) on the roof siderail (3) near the D-pillar.

4. Disengage the two plastic retainers, then the hook that secure the side curtain airbag front tether to the innerA-pillar.

5. Remove the six screws that secure the side curtain airbag channel to the J-nuts in the inner roof side rail.

6. Disengage the two plastic push-in fasteners that secure the channel to the roof side rail at the top of the B-pillar.

7. Disengage the two plastic push-in fasteners that secure the channel to the roof side rail at the top of the C-pillar.

8. Remove the two screws that secure the inflator mounting bracket to the U-nuts in the inner roof side rail.

9. Disengage the integral hooks on the inflator mounting bracket from the locating holes in the roof side rail.

10. Remove the side curtain airbag from the vehicle as a unit.


INSTALLATION



WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, use extreme care to prevent any foreign material from enter-ing the side curtain airbag, or becoming entrapped between the side curtain airbag cushion and the head-liner. Failure to observe this warning could result in occupant injuries upon airbag deployment.

NOTE: The following procedure is for replacement of a faulty or damaged side curtain airbag. If the airbagis faulty or damaged, but not deployed, review the recommended procedures for handling non-deployedsupplemental restraints. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - STANDARD PROCEDURE - HANDLINGNON-DEPLOYED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS). If the side curtain airbag has been deployed, review therecommended procedures for service after a supplemental restraint deployment before removing the airbagfrom the vehicle. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - STANDARD PROCEDURE - SERVICE AFTER ASUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT DEPLOYMENT).

1. Check to be certain that the two U-nuts for the side curtain airbag inflator bracket and the six J-nuts for theairbag channel are properly installed in the inner roof rail and that they are in good condition.

2. Position the side curtain airbag into the vehicle as a unit.

3. Engage the integral hooks on the side curtain airbag inflator mounting bracket into the locating holes in the innerroof side rail near the D-pillar.


4. Install and tighten the two screws that secure the inflator mounting bracket to the U-nuts in the inner roof siderail. Tighten the screws to 6 N·m (50 in. lbs.).

NOTE: Be certain that the airbag cushion is not twisted during installation. If a red stripe on the cushion isvisible, the bag is twisted and must be untwisted before it is secured to the roof side rail.

5. Engage the two plastic push-in fasteners that secure the airbag cushion channel to the roof side rail at the topof the C-pillar.

6. Engage the two plastic push-in fasteners that secure the channel to the roof side rail at the top of the B-pillar.

7. Install and tighten the six screws that secure the airbag channel to the J-nuts in the inner roof side rail. Tightenthe screws to 6 N·m (50 in. lbs.).

8. Engage the hook on the end of the side curtain airbag front tether into the slot in the inner A-pillar.

9. Engage the two plastic retainers that secure the side curtain airbag front tether to the inner A-pillar.

10. Reconnect the body wire harness connector (2)for the side curtain airbag to the connector recep-tacle at the back of the inflator (1) on the roof siderail (3).

11. Reinstall the headliner into the vehicle. (Refer to23 - BODY/INTERIOR/HEADLINER - INSTALLA-TION).

12. Do not reconnect the battery negative cable atthis time. The supplemental restraint system veri-fication test procedure should be performed fol-lowing service of any supplemental restraintsystem component. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - STANDARD PROCEDURE -VERIFICATION TEST).


DRIVER AIRBAG

DESCRIPTION

The injection molded, thermoplastic driver airbag pro-tective trim cover (2) is the most visible part of thedriver airbag. The driver airbag is located in the centerof the steering wheel (1), where it is secured with twoscrews to the two horizontal spokes of the four-spokesteering wheel armature. A stamped, satin polishedemblem with the JeepT logo is applied to the center ofthe trim cover. Concealed beneath the driver airbagtrim cover are the horn switch, the folded airbag cush-ion, the airbag cushion retainer, the airbag housing,the airbag inflator, and the retainers that secure theinflator to the airbag housing.

The airbag cushion (1), housing (5), and inflator (4)are secured within an integral receptacle molded intothe back of the trim cover. The four vertical walls ofthis receptacle have numerous small windows withblocking tabs that are engaged by numerous hook for-mations around the perimeter of the airbag housing.Each hook is inserted through one of the windows andthe blocking tab in each window keeps the hook prop-erly engaged with the trim cover, locking the trimcover securely into place on the airbag housing.

The resistive membrane-type horn switch is securedwithin a plastic tray that is inserted in a pocket orpouch sewn onto the airbag cushion retainer strap,between the trim cover and the folded airbag cushion.The horn switch ground and feed pigtail wires have amolded plastic connector insulator (3) that is securedby an integral retainer in a locator hole near the upperleft corner of the airbag housing and is connected tothe vehicle electrical system through a dedicated takeout and connector of the steering wheel wire harness.

The airbag used in this model is a multistage-type that complies with revised federal airbag standards to deploy withless force than those used in some prior models. A radial deploying fabric airbag cushion with internal tethers isused. The airbag inflator is a dual-initiator, non-azide, pyrotechnic-type unit with four mounting studs and is securedto the stamped metal airbag housing using four flanged hex nuts. Two keyed and color-coded connector receptacleson the driver airbag inflator connect the two inflator initiators to the vehicle electrical system through two yellow-jacketed, two-wire pigtail harnesses of the clockspring.

The driver airbag cannot be repaired, and must be replaced if deployed or in any way damaged. The driver airbagtrim cover and the horn switch may be disassembled from the driver airbag unit, and are available for individualservice replacement.


OPERATIONThe multistage driver airbag is deployed by electrical signals generated by the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC)through the driver airbag squib 1 and squib 2 circuits to the two initiators in the airbag inflator. By using two initi-ators, the airbag can be deployed at multiple levels of force. The force level is controlled by the ORC to suit themonitored impact conditions by providing one of four delay intervals between the electrical signals provided to thetwo initiators. The longer the delay between these signals, the less forcefully the airbag will deploy.

When the ORC sends the proper electrical signals to each initiator, the electrical energy generates enough heat toinitiate a small pyrotechnic charge which, in turn ignites chemical pellets within the inflator. Once ignited, thesechemical pellets burn rapidly and produce a large quantity of inert gas. The inflator is sealed to the back of theairbag housing and a diffuser in the inflator directs all of the inert gas into the airbag cushion, causing the cushionto inflate. As the cushion inflates, the driver airbag trim cover will split at predetermined breakout lines, then foldback out of the way along with the horn switch and tray unit. Following an airbag deployment, the airbag cushionquickly deflates by venting the inert gas towards the instrument panel through vent holes within the fabric used toconstruct the back (steering wheel side) panel of the airbag cushion.

Some of the chemicals used to create the inert gas may be considered hazardous while in their solid state beforethey are burned, but they are securely sealed within the airbag inflator. Typically, both initiators are used and allpotentially hazardous chemicals are burned during an airbag deployment event. However, it is possible for only oneinitiator to be used during a deployment due to an airbag system fault; therefore, it is necessary to always confirmthat both initiators have been used in order to avoid the improper disposal of potentially live pyrotechnic or hazard-ous materials. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - STANDARD PROCEDURE - SERVICE AFTER A SUP-PLEMENTAL RESTRAINT DEPLOYMENT).

The inert gas that is produced when the chemicals are burned is harmless. However, a small amount of residuefrom the burned chemicals may cause some temporary discomfort if it contacts the skin, eyes, or breathing pas-sages. If skin or eye irritation is noted, rinse the affected area with plenty of cool, clean water. If breathing passagesare irritated, move to another area where there is plenty of clean, fresh air to breath. If the irritation is not alleviatedby these actions, contact a physician.

REMOVAL


WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, when removing a deployed airbag, rubber gloves, eye protec-tion, and a long-sleeved shirt should be worn. There may be deposits on the airbag cushion and other inte-rior surfaces. In large doses, these deposits may cause irritation to the skin and eyes.

NOTE: The following procedure is for replacement of a faulty or damaged driver airbag. If the airbag isfaulty or damaged, but not deployed, review the recommended procedures for handling non-deployed sup-plemental restraints. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - STANDARD PROCEDURE - HANDLING NON-DEPLOYED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS). If the driver airbag has been deployed, review therecommended procedures for service after a supplemental restraint deployment before removing the airbagfrom the vehicle. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - STANDARD PROCEDURE - SERVICE AFTER ASUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT DEPLOYMENT).



NOTE: It will be necessary to rotate the steeringwheel to orient each of the two spokes to whichthe airbag is secured alternately toward the bot-tom of the steering column in order to access thefasteners.

2. From the underside of the steering wheel, removethe two screws (4) that secure the driver airbag (1)to the steering wheel armature (3).

CAUTION: Do not pull on the horn switch pigtailwires to disengage the connector from the driverairbag housing or to disconnect the horn switch todriver airbag jumper harness connection. Improperpulling on this pigtail wire or connection canresult in damage to the horn switch membrane orthe feed and ground circuits.

3. Pull the driver airbag away from the steering wheel far enough to access the electrical connections at the backof the airbag housing.

4. Disconnect the driver airbag jumper harness connector (2) for the horn switch and the cruise control switches onthe back of the driver airbag trim cover from the clockspring.

CAUTION: Do not pull on the clockspring pigtail wires or pry on the connector insulator to disengage theconnector from the driver airbag inflator connector receptacle. Improper removal of these pigtail wires andtheir connector insulators can result in damage to the airbag circuits or connector insulators.

5. The clockspring driver airbag pigtail wire connectors are secured by an integral lock to the airbag inflator con-nector receptacles (5), which are located on the back of the driver airbag housing. Firmly grasp and pull the lockstraight out from the connector insulator, then pull the insulators straight out from the airbag inflator to disconnectthem from the connector receptacles.

6. Remove the driver airbag from the steering wheel.

7. If the driver airbag has been deployed, the clockspring must be replaced. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RE-STRAINTS/CLOCKSPRING - REMOVAL).

DISASSEMBLY


WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, service of this unit should be performed only by Daimler-Chrysler-trained and authorized dealer service technicians. Failure to take the proper precautions or to fol-low the proper procedures could result in accidental, incomplete, or improper airbag deployment andpossible occupant injuries.

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, use extreme care to prevent any foreign material from enter-ing the driver airbag, or becoming entrapped between the driver airbag cushion and the driver airbag trimcover. Failure to observe this warning could result in occupant injuries upon airbag deployment.


WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, the driver airbag trim cover must never be painted. Replace-ment trim covers are serviced in the original colors. Paint may change the way in which the material of thetrim cover responds to an airbag deployment. Failure to observe this warning could result in occupant inju-ries upon airbag deployment.

NOTE: The following procedures can be used to replace the driver airbag trim cover and/or to access thehorn switch unit for service. If the driver airbag is faulty or deployed, the entire driver airbag, trim cover,and horn switch must be replaced as a unit.


2. Remove the driver airbag from the steering wheel.(Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS/DRIVERAIRBAG - REMOVAL).

3. Place the driver airbag on a suitable work surfacewith the trim cover facing down. If the trim coverwill be reused, be certain to take the proper pre-cautions to prevent the trim cover from receivingcosmetic damage during the following procedures.

4. Disconnect the driver airbag jumper harness con-nector (2) from the horn switch pigtail wire connec-tor (3).

5. Carefully pry the horn switch pigtail wire connectoraway from the back of the driver airbag housing (3)far enough to disengage the integral connectorretainer from the locator hole just above the upperleft inflator mounting stud.

6. Disengage each of the fifteen hooks (1) of the air-bag housing (2) from the fifteen windows in thevertical walls of the trim cover (4), one wall at atime. Start by disengaging the two side walls fromunder the engagement tabs (3), and finish with theupper and lower wall. To disengage the hooks, usehand pressure to push the adjacent edge of the air-bag housing firmly and evenly downward into thetrim cover receptacle, while at the same time pull-ing outward on the upper edge of the receptaclewall.

7. With all of the hooks disengaged, lift the housing,inflator, cushion and horn switch as a unit from thereceptacle on the back of the driver airbag trimcover.


ASSEMBLY


WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, service of this unit should be performed only by Daimler-Chrysler-trained and authorized dealer service technicians. Failure to take the proper precautions or to fol-low the proper procedures could result in accidental, incomplete, or improper airbag deployment andpossible occupant injuries.


WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, the driver airbag trim cover must never be painted. Replace-ment trim covers are serviced in the original colors. Paint may change the way in which the material of thetrim cover responds to an airbag deployment. Failure to observe this warning could result in occupant inju-ries upon airbag deployment.

NOTE: The following procedures can be used to replace the driver airbag trim cover and/or to access thehorn switch unit for service. If the driver airbag is faulty or deployed, the entire driver airbag, trim cover,and horn switch must be replaced as a unit.

NOTE: If the horn switch and tray have been removed from the sewn pouch in the airbag cushion retainingstrap, be certain that they are properly reinstalled with the horn switch feed and ground pigtail wires prop-erly oriented before assembling the trim cover onto the airbag housing. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/HORN/HORN SWITCH - INSTALLATION).

1. If the driver airbag trim cover is being replaced witha new unit, transfer the cruise control switches andthe driver airbag jumper harness to the new trimcover. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/SPEED CON-TROL/SWITCH - REMOVAL) and (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/SPEED CONTROL/SWITCH -INSTALLATION).

2. Place the driver airbag trim cover (4) on a suitablework surface with the airbag receptacle facing up.Be certain to take the proper precautions to pre-vent the trim cover from receiving cosmetic dam-age during the following procedures.

3. Carefully position the driver airbag housing (2) intothe trim cover receptacle. Be certain that the hornswitch feed and ground pigtail wires are notpinched between the housing and the upper verti-cal wall of the trim cover receptacle.

4. Work around the perimeter of the unit engagingeach of the fifteen hooks (1) on the driver airbaghousing through the windows in the walls of the trim cover receptacle.


5. Using hand pressure, push the integral retainer ofthe horn switch pigtail wire connector (3) into thelocator hole just above the upper left inflatormounting stud on the back of the airbag housing.

6. Reconnect the driver airbag jumper harness con-nector (2) to the horn switch pigtail wire connector(3).

7. After the driver airbag has been assembled, trypulling the trim cover and the airbag housing awayfrom each other. This action will fully seat theedges of the windows into the cradles of the hooksand engage the side walls of the trim cover recep-tacle under the engagement tabs.

8. Before reinstalling the airbag onto the steeringwheel, check that the blocking tab (4) in each ofthe trim cover (1) windows is oriented over the air-bag housing hook (3), and the engagement tab (2)on each side of the housing is oriented over theside wall of the trim cover receptacle as shown.

9. Reinstall the driver airbag onto the steering wheel.(Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS/DRIVERAIRBAG - INSTALLATION).

INSTALLATION




WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, the driver airbag trim cover must never be painted. Replace-ment airbags are serviced with trim covers in the original colors. Paint may change the way in which thematerial of the trim cover responds to an airbag deployment. Failure to observe this warning could result inoccupant injuries upon airbag deployment.

NOTE: The following procedure is for replacement of a faulty or damaged driver airbag. If the airbag isfaulty or damaged, but not deployed, review the recommended procedures for handling non-deployed sup-plemental restraints. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - STANDARD PROCEDURE - HANDLING NON-DEPLOYED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS). If the driver airbag has been deployed, review therecommended procedures for service after a supplemental restraint deployment before removing the airbagfrom the vehicle. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - STANDARD PROCEDURE - SERVICE AFTER ASUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT DEPLOYMENT).

1. Position the driver airbag (1) close enough to thesteering wheel to reconnect the electrical connec-tions on the back of the airbag housing.

2. When installing the driver airbag, reconnect the twoclockspring driver airbag pigtail wire connectors tothe airbag inflator connector receptacles (5) bypressing straight in on the connectors, then push-ing the locks straight into the connectors. Be cer-tain to engage each keyed and color-codedconnector to the matching connector receptacle.You can be certain that the connector is fullyengaged by listening carefully for a distinct, audibleclick as the connector latches snap into place.

3. Reconnect the driver airbag jumper harness con-nector (2) for the horn switch and the cruise controlswitches on the back of the driver airbag trim coverto the clockspring.

4. Carefully position the driver airbag in the steeringwheel (3). Be certain that the clockspring pigtailwires and the driver airbag jumper harness are not pinched between the driver airbag and the steering wheelarmature.

NOTE: It will be necessary to rotate the steering wheel to orient each of the two spokes to which the airbagis secured alternately toward the bottom of the steering column in order to access the fasteners.

5. From the underside of the steering wheel, install and tighten the two screws (4) that secure the driver airbag tothe steering wheel armature. Tighten the screws to 10 N·m (90 in. lbs.).

6. Do not reconnect the battery negative cable at this time. The supplemental restraint system verification test pro-cedure should be performed following service of any supplemental restraint system component. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - STANDARD PROCEDURE - VERIFICATION TEST).


IMPACT SENSOR

DESCRIPTION

FRONT

Two front impact sensors (1) are used on this model,one each for the left and right sides of the vehicle.These sensors are mounted remotely from the impactsensor that is internal to the Occupant Restraint Con-troller (ORC). Each front sensor is secured with twoflanged hex nuts to two studs on the backs of the rightand left vertical members of the radiator support withinthe engine compartment. The sensor housing has anintegral connector receptacle (2), an integral anti-rota-tion pin (3), and two integral mounting holes (4) withmetal sleeves to provide crush protection.

The right and left front impact sensors are identical in construction and calibration. A label on the sensor is imprintedwith an arrow, which should always be pointed forward in the vehicle. A cavity in the center of the molded plasticimpact sensor housing contains the electronic circuitry of the sensor which includes an electronic communicationchip and an electronic impact sensor. Potting material fills the cavity and a stamped cover (5) is crimped over thecavity to seal and protect the internal electronic circuitry and components. The front impact sensors are each con-nected to the vehicle electrical system through a dedicated take out and connector of the headlamp and dash wireharness.

The impact sensors cannot be repaired or adjusted and, if damaged or faulty, they must be replaced.

SIDE

Four side impact sensors (2) are used on this modelwhen it is equipped with the optional side curtain air-bags, two each for the left and right sides of the vehi-cle. These sensors are mounted remotely from theimpact sensor that is internal to the OccupantRestraint Controller (ORC). Each side sensor issecured with two screws to the inner right or left B-pil-lar and C-pillar beneath the trim within the passengercompartment. The sensor housing has an integral con-nector receptacle (3), an integral anti-rotation pin (4),and two integral mounting holes (1) with metal sleevesto provide crush protection.


The right and left side impact sensors are identical in construction and calibration. A label on the sensor is imprintedwith an arrow, which should always be pointed forward in the vehicle. A cavity in the center of the molded plasticimpact sensor housing contains the electronic circuitry of the sensor which includes an electronic communicationchip and an electronic impact sensor. Potting material fills the cavity and a stamped cover (5) is crimped over thecavity to seal and protect the internal electronic circuitry and components. The side impact sensors are each con-nected to the vehicle electrical system through a dedicated take out and connector of the body wire harness.

The impact sensors cannot be repaired or adjusted and, if damaged or faulty, they must be replaced.

OPERATION

FRONTThe front impact sensors are electronic accelerometers that sense the rate of vehicle deceleration, which providesverification of the direction and severity of an impact. Each sensor also contains an electronic communication chipthat allows the unit to communicate the sensor status as well as sensor fault information to the microprocessor inthe Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC).

The ORC microprocessor continuously monitors all of the passive restraint system electrical circuits to determine thesystem readiness. If the ORC detects a monitored system fault, it sets a Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) and con-trols the airbag indicator operation accordingly. The impact sensors each receive battery current and ground throughdedicated left and right sensor plus and minus circuits from the ORC. The impact sensors and the ORC commu-nicate by modulating the voltage in the sensor plus circuit.

The hard wired circuits between the front impact sensors and the ORC may be diagnosed and tested using con-ventional diagnostic tools and procedures. However, conventional diagnostic methods will not prove conclusive inthe diagnosis of the ORC, the impact sensors, or the electronic message inputs to or outputs from the impact sen-sors. The most reliable, efficient, and accurate means to diagnose the impact sensors, the ORC, and the electronicmessage communication between the sensors and the ORC requires the use of a diagnostic scan tool. Refer to theappropriate diagnostic information.

SIDEThe side impact sensors are electronic accelerometers that sense the rate of vehicle deceleration, which providesverification of the direction and severity of an impact. Each sensor also contains an electronic communication chipthat allows the unit to communicate the sensor status as well as sensor fault information to the microprocessor inthe Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC).

The ORC microprocessor continuously monitors all of the side passive restraint system electrical circuits to deter-mine the system readiness. If the ORC detects a monitored system fault, it sets a Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)and controls the airbag indicator operation accordingly. The impact sensors each receive battery current and groundthrough the same left or right sensor plus and minus circuits in a series arrangement from the ORC. The impactsensors and the ORC communicate by modulating the voltage in the sensor plus circuit.

The hard wired circuits between the side impact sensors, and those between the sensors and the ORC may bediagnosed and tested using conventional diagnostic tools and procedures. However, conventional diagnostic meth-ods will not prove conclusive in the diagnosis of the ORC, the impact sensors, or the electronic message inputs toor outputs from the impact sensors. The most reliable, efficient, and accurate means to diagnose the impact sen-sors, the ORC, and the electronic message communication between the sensors and the ORC requires the use ofa diagnostic scan tool. Refer to the appropriate diagnostic information.

REMOVAL

FRONT



WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, never strike or drop the front impact sensor, as it can damagethe impact sensor or affect its calibration. The front impact sensor enables the system to deploy the frontsupplemental restraints. If an impact sensor is accidentally dropped during service, the sensor must bescrapped and replaced with a new unit. Failure to observe this warning could result in accidental, incom-plete, or improper front supplemental restraint deployment.

NOTE: The front and side impact sensors are interchangeable.


2. Remove the two nuts (1) that secure the right orleft front impact sensor (2) to the studs on the backof the right or left radiator support vertical member.

3. Disconnect the headlamp and dash wire harnessconnector (3) from the sensor connector recepta-cle.

4. Remove the right or left front impact sensor fromthe engine compartment.

SIDE - B-PILLAR


WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, never strike or drop the side impact sensor, as it can damagethe impact sensor or affect its calibration. The side impact sensor enables the system to deploy the sidecurtain supplemental restraints. If an impact sensor is accidentally dropped during service, the sensor mustbe scrapped and replaced with a new unit. Failure to observe this warning could result in accidental, incom-plete, or improper front supplemental restraint deployment.



1. Adjust the driver or passenger side front seat to itsmost forward position for easiest access to theB-pillar trim.


3. Remove the trim from the inside of the lower rightor left B-pillar (1). (Refer to 23 - BODY/INTERIOR/B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM - REMOVAL).

4. Remove the two screws (3) that secure the sideimpact sensor (2) to the lower B-pillar.

5. Disconnect the body wire harness connector (4)from the sensor connector receptacle.

6. Remove the sensor from the B-pillar.

SIDE - C-PILLAR






2. Remove the quarter trim panel from the lowerC-pillar. (Refer to 23 - BODY/INTERIOR/QUARTERTRIM PANEL - REMOVAL).

3. Remove the two screws (3) that secure the sideimpact sensor (2) to the C-pillar (1).

4. Disconnect the body wire harness connector (4)from the sensor connector receptacle.

5. Remove the sensor from the C-pillar.

INSTALLATION

FRONT


WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, never strike or drop the front impact sensor, as it can damagethe impact sensor or affect its calibration. The front impact sensor enables the system to deploy the frontsupplemental restraints. If an impact sensor is accidentally dropped during service, the sensor must bescrapped and replaced with a new unit. Failure to observe this warning could result in accidental, incom-plete, or improper front supplemental restraint deployment.


1. Position the right or left front impact sensor (2) intothe engine compartment.

2. Reconnect the headlamp and dash wire harnessconnector (3) to the sensor connector receptacle.

3. Carefully position the sensor onto the studs on theback of the right or left radiator support verticalmember. Be certain that the anti-rotation pin on theback of the sensor is engaged in the center clear-ance hole of the radiator support and the arrow onthe sensor label is pointed forward in the vehicle.

4. Install and tighten the two nuts that secure the sen-sor to the back of the support vertical member.Tighten the nuts to 8 N·m (70 in. lbs.).

5. Do not reconnect the battery negative cable at thistime. The supplemental restraint system verificationtest procedure should be performed following ser-vice of any supplemental restraint system compo-


nent. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - STANDARD PROCEDURE - VERIFICATION TEST).

SIDE - B-PILLAR




1. Position the side impact sensor near the innerB-pillar.

2. Reconnect the body wire harness connector (4) tothe sensor connector receptacle.

3. Position the sensor onto the inner B-pillar. Be cer-tain that the anti-rotation pin on the back of thesensor is engaged in the clearance hole of theB-pillar.

4. Install and tighten the two screws that secure thesensor to the inner B-pillar. Tighten the screws to 8N·m (70 in. lbs.).

5. Reinstall the lower trim onto the inside of the B-pil-lar. (Refer to 23 - BODY/INTERIOR/B-PILLARLOWER TRIM - INSTALLATION).

6. Do not reconnect the battery negative cable at thistime. The supplemental restraint system verificationtest procedure should be performed following ser-vice of any supplemental restraint system compo-nent. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS -STANDARD PROCEDURE - VERIFICATIONTEST).


SIDE - C-PILLAR




1. Position the side impact sensor (2) near the innerC-pillar (1).

2. Reconnect the body wire harness connector (4) tothe sensor connector receptacle.

3. Position the sensor onto the inner C-pillar. Be cer-tain that the anti-rotation pin on the back of thesensor is engaged in the clearance hole of theC-pillar.

4. Install and tighten the two screws (3) that securethe sensor to the inner C-pillar. Tighten the screwsto 8 N·m (70 in. lbs.).

5. Reinstall the quarter trim panel onto the lowerC-pillar. (Refer to 23 - BODY/INTERIOR/QUARTERTRIM PANEL - INSTALLATION).

6. Do not reconnect the battery negative cable at thistime. The supplemental restraint system verificationtest procedure should be performed following ser-vice of any supplemental restraint system compo-nent. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - STANDARD PROCEDURE - VERIFICATION TEST).



DESCRIPTION

The Occupant Classification Module (OCM) (1) issecured with two screws to a mount on the undersideof the passenger side front seat cushion frame nearthe inboard front corner. Concealed within a hollow inthe center of the molded plastic OCM housing is amicroprocessor and the other electronic circuitry of themodule. The module housing is sealed to enclose andprotect the internal electronic circuitry. The OCM soft-ware is flash programmable.

Two mounting tabs (2) and two connector receptacles(3) are integral to the OCM housing. The connectorreceptacles contain terminal pins that connect theOCM to the vehicle electrical system through a dedi-cated take out and connector of the passenger sidefront seat wire harness, and a second take out andconnector of the body wire harness.

A non-calibrated OCM is available for separate servicereplacement. The OCM and all of the other compo-nents of the Occupant Classification System (OCS)including the passenger side front seat, the seat weight sensors, the passenger or driver seat track position sensorand the seat adjusters, cushion, back, frame, foam, springs, and wiring harness are a factory-calibrated and assem-bled unit. Any time any one of these components is removed or replaced for any reason, the OCM must be re-cal-ibrated using a diagnostic scan tool, the Occupant Classification Seat Weight special tool, and the OccupantClassification System Verification Test. Refer to the appropriate diagnostic procedures.

The OCM cannot be adjusted or repaired and, if damaged or faulty, it must be replaced.

OPERATIONThe microprocessor in the Occupant Classification Module (OCM) contains the Occupant Classification System(OCS) logic circuits. The OCM uses On-Board Diagnostics (OBD) and can communicate with other electronic mod-ules in the vehicle as well as with the diagnostic scan tool using the Controller Area Network (CAN) data bus. Thismethod of communication is also used for OCS diagnosis and testing through the 16-way data link connectorlocated on the driver side lower edge of the instrument panel.

The OCM provides voltage to the four seat weight sensors located on the corners of the passenger side front seat,and to the seat track position sensors on the outboard passenger and driver side front seat upper seat tracks. TheOCM then monitors return inputs from each of the sensors on dedicated hard wired data communication circuits.The seat weight sensor input allows the OCM to determine whether the passenger side front seat is occupied andthe relative size of the occupant by providing a weight-sensing reference to the load on the seat. The seat trackposition sensor provides an additional logic input to the OCM microprocessor that allows it to determine the positionof the front seat passenger and driver relative to the front airbags.

Pre-programmed decision algorithms and OCS calibration allow the OCM microprocessor to determine when pas-senger airbag protection is appropriate based upon the seat load as signaled by the seat weight sensors. When theprogrammed conditions are met, the OCM sends the proper electronic occupant classification messages over theCAN data bus to the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC), and the ORC enables or disables the deployment cir-cuits for the passenger front supplemental restraints. The ORC also provides a control output for the passengerairbag on/off indicator in the instrument panel based upon the electronic occupant classification messages itreceives from the OCM.

The OCM also sends electronic driver and passenger seat track position messages to the ORC over the CAN databus. The ORC uses the seat track position data as an additional logic input for determining the force level withwhich to deploy the multistage front airbags.

The OCM microprocessor continuously monitors all of the OCS electrical circuits and components to determine thesystem readiness. If the OCM detects a monitored system fault, it sets an active and stored Diagnostic Trouble


Code (DTC) and sends the appropriate electronic messages to the ORC over the CAN data bus. Then the ORCsets a DTC and sends messages to control the airbag indicator operation accordingly. An active fault only remainsfor the duration of the fault, or in some cases for the duration of the current ignition switch cycle, while a stored faultcauses a DTC to be stored in memory by the OCM and the ORC. For some DTCs, if a fault does not recur for anumber of ignition cycles, the OCM will automatically erase the stored DTC. For other internal faults, the storedDTC is latched forever.

The OCM receives battery current on a fused ignition switch output (run-start) circuit through a fuse in the JunctionBlock (JB). The OCM receives ground through a ground circuit and take out of the body wire harness. These con-nections allow the OCM to be operational whenever the ignition switch is in the Start or On positions.

The hard wired inputs and outputs for the OCM may be diagnosed and tested using conventional diagnostic toolsand procedures. However, conventional diagnostic methods will not prove conclusive in the diagnosis of the OCM,the CAN data bus, or the electronic message inputs to and outputs from the OCM. The most reliable, efficient, andaccurate means to diagnose the OCM, the CAN data bus network, and the electronic message inputs to and out-puts from the OCM requires the use of a diagnostic scan tool. Refer to the appropriate diagnostic information.

REMOVAL


NOTE: A non-calibrated Occupant Classification Module (OCM) is available for separate service replace-ment. The OCM and all of the other components of the Occupant Classification System (OCS) including thepassenger side front seat, the seat weight sensors, the passenger or driver seat track position sensor andthe seat adjusters, cushion, back, frame, foam, springs, and wiring harness are a factory-calibrated andassembled unit. Any time any one of these components is removed or replaced for any reason, the OCMmust be re-calibrated using a diagnostic scan tool, the Occupant Classification Seat Weight special tool,and the Occupant Classification System Verification Test. Refer to the appropriate diagnostic procedures.


2. Remove the passenger side front seat from thevehicle. (Refer to 23 - BODY/SEATS/SEAT -FRONT - REMOVAL).

3. Disconnect the seat wire harness (2) connectorfrom the Occupant Classification Module (OCM)connector receptacle (3) located on the forwardfacing side of the module.

4. Remove the two screws (4) that secure the OCMto the bracket (1) on the underside of the passen-ger side front seat cushion frame.

5. Remove the OCM from the passenger side frontseat.


INSTALLATION


NOTE: A non-calibrated Occupant Classification Module (OCM) is available for separate service replace-ment. The OCM and all of the other components of the Occupant Classification System (OCS) including thepassenger side front seat, the seat weight sensors, the passenger or driver seat track position sensor andthe seat adjusters, cushion, back, frame, foam, springs, and wiring harness are a factory-calibrated andassembled unit. Any time any one of these components is removed or replaced for any reason, the OCMmust be re-calibrated using a diagnostic scan tool, the Occupant Classification Seat Weight special tool,and the Occupant Classification System Verification Test. Refer to the appropriate diagnostic procedures.

1. Carefully position the Occupant Classification Mod-ule (OCM) to the bracket (1) on the underside ofthe passenger side front seat cushion frame. Whenthe OCM is correctly positioned, the connectorreceptacles (3) on the module will be pointed for-ward in the vehicle.

2. Install and tighten the two screws (4) that securethe OCM to the bracket. Tighten the screws to 2N·m (20 in. lbs.).

3. Reconnect the seat wire harness (2) connector tothe OCM connector receptacle located on the out-board side of the module. Be certain that the latchon the connector is fully engaged.


5. Following successful completion of the supplemental restraint system verification test procedure, perform theOccupant Classification System Verification Test using a diagnostic scan tool. Refer to the appropriate diagnosticprocedures.

MODULE-OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER

REMOVAL



WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, never strike or drop the occupant restraint controller, as it candamage the impact sensor or affect its calibration. The occupant restraint controller contains the impactsensor, which enables the system to deploy the supplemental restraints. If an occupant restraint controlleris accidentally dropped during service, the module must be scrapped and replaced with a new unit. Failureto observe this warning could result in accidental, incomplete, or improper supplemental restraint deploy-ment.

CAUTION: On vehicles equipped with the Occupant Classification System (OCS), never replace both theOccupant Restraint Controller (ORC) and the Occupant Classification Module (OCM) at the same time. Ifboth require replacement, replace one. Then perform the supplemental restraint verification test beforereplacing the other. Both the ORC and the OCM store OCS calibration data, which they transfer to oneanother when one of them is replaced. If both are replaced at the same time, an irreversible fault will be setin both modules.

NOTE: Two different Occupant Restraint Controllers (ORC) are available for this vehicle. For vehiclesequipped with the optional side curtain airbags, both ORC connector receptacles are black in color and theORC contains a second bi-directional safing sensor for the side airbags. For vehicles not equipped with theoptional side curtain airbags, the ORC connector receptacles are gray.


2. Remove the center console from the top of thefloor panel transmission tunnel (1). (Refer to 23 -BODY/INTERIOR/FLOOR CONSOLE -REMOVAL).

3. Disconnect the instrument panel (3) and body (4)wire harness connectors from the OccupantRestraint Controller (ORC) (4) connector recepta-cles located on the forward facing side of the mod-ule. To disconnect the connectors from the ORC:

a. Slide the red Connector Position Assurance(CPA) lock on the top of the connector towardthe front of the vehicle.

b. Depress the edge of the CPA lock closest tothe ORC to release the connector latch taband pull the connector straight away from theORC connector receptacle.


4. Remove the three screws (2) that secure the ORC(3) to the ORC mount welded onto the top of thefloor panel transmission tunnel (1).

5. Remove the ORC from the ORC mount.

INSTALLATION


WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, never strike or drop the occupant restraint controller, as it candamage the impact sensor or affect its calibration. The occupant restraint controller contains the impactsensor, which enables the system to deploy the supplemental restraints. If an occupant restraint controlleris accidentally dropped during service, the module must be scrapped and replaced with a new unit. Failureto observe this warning could result in accidental, incomplete, or improper supplemental restraint deploy-ment.

CAUTION: On vehicles equipped with the Occupant Classification System (OCS), never replace both theOccupant Restraint Controller (ORC) and the Occupant Classification Module (OCM) at the same time. Ifboth require replacement, replace one. Then perform the supplemental restraint verification test beforereplacing the other. Both the ORC and the OCM store OCS calibration data, which they transfer to oneanother when one of them is replaced. If both are replaced at the same time, an irreversible fault will be setin both modules.

NOTE: Two different Occupant Restraint Controllers (ORC) are available for this vehicle. For vehiclesequipped with the optional side curtain airbags, both ORC connector receptacles are black in color and theORC contains a second bi-directional safing sensor for the side airbags. For vehicles not equipped with theoptional side curtain airbags, the ORC connector receptacles are gray.


1. Carefully position the Occupant Restraint Controller(ORC) (3) onto the ORC mount on the floor paneltransmission tunnel (1). The bottom of the ORChousing is keyed. When the ORC is correctly posi-tioned, the bottom of the housing will fit flush withthe mount and the orientation arrow on the label ontop of the housing will be pointed forward in thevehicle.

2. Install and tighten the three screws (2) that securethe ORC to the ORC mount that is welded onto thefloor panel transmission tunnel. Tighten the screwsto 14 N·m (10 ft. lbs.).

3. Reconnect the instrument panel (3) and body (4)wire harness connectors to the ORC (2) connectorreceptacles located on the forward facing side ofthe module. Be certain that the latches and the redCPA locks on both connectors are each fullyengaged.

4. Reinstall the center console onto the top of thefloor panel transmission tunnel (1). (Refer to 23 -BODY/INTERIOR/FLOOR CONSOLE - INSTALLA-TION).



PASSENGER AIRBAG

DESCRIPTION

The horizontal surface of the instrument panel top pad(1) above the glove box is the most visible part of thepassenger airbag. The passenger airbag door is inte-gral to the top of the instrument panel top pad abovethe glove box opening on the instrument panel in frontof the front seat passenger seating position.

Located below the passenger airbag door area of theinstrument panel top pad, the molded thermoplasticpassenger airbag retainer is secured to the undersideof the top pad. The retainer defines the airbag doorbreakout area of the top pad and serves as the recep-tacle for the passenger airbag cushion and housing.Numerous small window openings on the forward andrearward flanges of the receptacle receive matinghook formations stamped into the airbag housing,which locate and secure the housing to the top pad.


The passenger airbag unit (1) is also secured by twoscrews through a stamped mounting bracket (3) to theinstrument panel structural support. The passengerairbag unit used in this model is a multistage type thatcomplies with revised federal airbag standards todeploy with less force than those used in some priormodels. The passenger airbag unit consists of astamped and welded metal housing, the airbag cush-ion, and the airbag inflator (5). The airbag housingcontains the airbag inflator and the folded airbag cush-ion. An approximately 80 centimeter (31.5 inch) wideby 90 centimeter (35.5 inch) high rectangular fabriccushion is used.

The airbag inflator (5 is a non-azide, pyrotechnic-type unit that is secured to and sealed within the airbag housing.A short four-wire pigtail harness with a keyed, yellow connector insulator (4) connects the two inflator initiators (2) tothe vehicle electrical system through a dedicated take out and connector of the instrument panel wire harness.

The passenger airbag cannot be repaired, and must be replaced if deployed, faulty, or in any way damaged. Thepassenger airbag door and retainer are serviced only as a unit with the instrument panel top pad. If the passengerairbag is deployed, the instrument panel top pad must also be replaced.

OPERATIONThe multistage passenger airbag is deployed by electrical signals generated by the Occupant Restraint Controller(ORC) through the passenger airbag squib 1 and squib 2 circuits to the two initiators in the airbag inflator. By usingtwo initiators, the airbag can be deployed at multiple levels of force. The force level is controlled by the ORC to suitthe monitored impact conditions by providing one of four delay intervals between the electrical signals provided tothe two initiators. The longer the delay between these signals, the less forcefully the airbag will deploy.

When the ORC sends the proper electrical signals to each initiator, the electrical energy generates enough heat toinitiate a small pyrotechnic charge which, in turn ignites chemical pellets within the inflator. Once ignited, thesechemical pellets burn rapidly and produce a large quantity of inert gas. The inflator is sealed to the airbag cushionand a diffuser in the inflator directs all of the inert gas into the airbag cushion, causing the cushion to inflate. As thecushion inflates, the passenger airbag door area of the instrument panel top pad will split at predetermined tearseam lines concealed on the underside of the top pad, then the door will pivot up over the top of the instrumentpanel and out of the way. Following an airbag deployment, the airbag cushion quickly deflates by venting the inertgas through vent holes within the fabric used to construct the back (windshield side) of the airbag cushion.

Typically, both initiators are used during an airbag deployment event. However, it is possible for only one initiator tobe used during a deployment due to an airbag system fault; therefore, it is necessary to always confirm that bothinitiators have been used in order to avoid the improper disposal of potentially live pyrotechnic materials. (Refer to8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - STANDARD PROCEDURE - SERVICE AFTER A SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTDEPLOYMENT).

REMOVAL




NOTE: The following procedure is for replacement of a faulty or damaged passenger airbag. If the airbag isfaulty or damaged, but not deployed, review the recommended procedures for handling non-deployed sup-plemental restraints. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - STANDARD PROCEDURE - HANDLING NON-DEPLOYED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS). If the passenger airbag has been deployed, review therecommended procedures for service after a supplemental restraint deployment before removing the airbagfrom the vehicle. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - STANDARD PROCEDURE - SERVICE AFTER ASUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT DEPLOYMENT).


2. Remove the instrument panel from the passengercompartment of the vehicle. (Refer to 23 - BODY/INSTRUMENT PANEL/INSTRUMENT PANELASSEMBLY - REMOVAL).

3. Place the instrument panel on a suitable work sur-face with the top pad facing down. If the top padwill be reused, be certain to take the proper pre-cautions to prevent the top cover from receivingcosmetic damage during the following procedures.

4. Disconnect the passenger airbag pigtail wire con-nector from the instrument panel wire harness con-nector for the airbag. This connector is secured tothe passenger airbag mounting bracket. To discon-nect the connector:

a. Slide the red Connector Position Assurance(CPA) lock on the top of the connector toward the side of the connector.

b. Depress the connector latch tab and pull the two halves of the connector straight away from each other.

5. Remove the two screws (1) that secure the airbag mounting bracket to the instrument panel structural support(2).

6. Remove the top pad from the instrument panel. (Refer to 23 - BODY/INSTRUMENT PANEL/INSTRUMENTPANEL TOP COVER - REMOVAL).


7. Disengage each of the hooks (2) of the airbaghousing from the windows in the forward and rear-ward vertical walls of the airbag retainer (1) on theunderside of the top pad. To disengage the hooks,use hand pressure to push the adjacent edge ofthe airbag housing firmly and evenly downward intothe retainer receptacle, while at the same time pull-ing outward on the upper edge of the receptaclewall.

8. With all of the hooks disengaged, lift the housing,inflator, and cushion as a unit from the retainerreceptacle on underside of the instrument panel toppad.

INSTALLATION

WARNING: To avoid personal injury or death, on vehicles equipped with airbags, disable the supplementalrestraint system before attempting any steering wheel, steering column, airbag, seat belt tensioner, impactsensor, or instrument panel component diagnosis or service. Disconnect and isolate the battery negative(ground) cable, then wait two minutes for the system capacitor to discharge before performing further diag-nosis or service. This is the only sure way to disable the supplemental restraint system. Failure to take theproper precautions could result in accidental airbag deployment.


WARNING: Use extreme care to prevent any foreign material from entering the passenger airbag, or becom-ing entrapped between the passenger airbag cushion and the instrument panel top pad. Failure to observethis warning could result in occupant injuries upon airbag deployment.

WARNING: The instrument panel top pad must never be painted. Replacement top pads are serviced in theoriginal colors. Paint may change the way in which the material of the top pad responds to an airbagdeployment. Failure to observe this warning could result in occupant injuries upon airbag deployment.

WARNING: Use extreme care to prevent any foreign material from entering the passenger airbag, or becom-ing entrapped between the passenger airbag cushion and the passenger airbag door provision of the instru-ment panel top pad. Failure to observe this warning could result in occupant injuries upon airbagdeployment.

NOTE: The following procedure is for replacement of a faulty or damaged passenger airbag. If the airbag isfaulty or damaged, but not deployed, review the recommended procedures for handling non-deployed sup-plemental restraints. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - STANDARD PROCEDURE - HANDLING NON-DEPLOYED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS). If the passenger airbag has been deployed, review therecommended procedures for service after a supplemental restraint deployment before removing the airbagfrom the vehicle. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - STANDARD PROCEDURE - SERVICE AFTER ASUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT DEPLOYMENT).


1. Place the instrument panel top pad on a suitablework surface with the airbag retainer (1) receptaclefacing up. Be certain to take the proper precautionsto prevent the top pad from receiving cosmeticdamage during the following procedures.

2. Carefully position the passenger airbag housinginto the airbag retainer receptacle.

3. Work around the perimeter of the unit engagingeach of the hooks (2) on the passenger airbaghousing through the windows in the forward andrearward vertical walls of the retainer receptacle.

4. Reinstall the top pad onto the instrument panel.(Refer to 23 - BODY/INSTRUMENT PANEL/IN-STRUMENT PANEL TOP COVER -INSTALLATION).

5. Install and tighten the two screws (1) that securethe airbag mounting bracket to the instrumentpanel structural support (2). Tighten the screws to12 N·m (105 in. lbs.).

6. Reconnect the passenger airbag pigtail wire con-nector to the instrument panel wire harness con-nector for the airbag. This connector is secured tothe outside of the outboard airbag unit end bracket.Be certain that the latch on the connector and thered Connector Position Assurance (CPA) lock areeach fully engaged.

7. Reinstall the instrument panel into the passengercompartment of the vehicle. (Refer to 23 - BODY/INSTRUMENT PANEL/INSTRUMENT PANELASSEMBLY - INSTALLATION).

8. Do not reconnect the battery negative cable at thistime. The supplemental restraint system verificationtest procedure should be performed following ser-vice of any supplemental restraint system compo-nent. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - STANDARD PROCEDURE - VERIFICATION TEST).


PASS AIRBAG ON/OFF INDICATOR

DESCRIPTION

Vehicles equipped with the Occupant ClassificationSystem (OCS) include a passenger airbag on/off indi-cator (3), which is located in the right outboard end ofthe upper switch pod (2) near the top of the instru-ment panel lower center bezel (1). The passenger air-bag on/off indicator consists of a molded plastichousing and a rectangular dark translucent outer lens.

The opaque text “PASS AIRBAG OFF” and an opaqueInternational Control and Display Symbol icon for“Passenger Airbag Off or Not Available” are imprintedon the back of the lens within the indicator. The darkouter lens prevents the indicator text and icon frombeing clearly visible when it is not illuminated. Anamber Light Emitting Diode (LED) behind the lenscauses the “PASS AIRBAG OFF” text and icon toappear silhouetted against an amber field through thetranslucent lens when the indicator is illuminated frombehind by the LED.

The passenger airbag on/off indicator cannot berepaired or adjusted and, if faulty or damaged, the upper switch pod unit must be replaced. (Refer to 8 - ELEC-TRICAL/INSTRUMENT CLUSTER/INSTRUMENT PANEL SWITCH POD UPPER - REMOVAL).

OPERATIONIn the Occupant Classification System (OCS), the passenger airbag on/off indicator gives an indication when thepassenger airbag and seat belt tensioner deployment circuits are disabled by the Occupant Restraint Controller(ORC). This indicator is controlled by a transistor within the ORC through a hard wired output based upon ORCprogramming and electronic occupant classification messages received by the ORC over the Controller Area Net-work (CAN) data bus from the Occupant Classification Module (OCM).

The passenger airbag on/off indicator Light Emitting Diode (LED) is completely controlled by the ORC. The LEDreceives a battery current input on the fused ignition switch output (run-start) circuit. Therefore, the LED will alwaysbe off when the ignition switch is in any position except On or Start. The LED only illuminates when it is provideda path to ground by the ORC transistor. The ORC will turn on the passenger airbag on/off indicator for the followingreasons:

• Bulb Test - Each time the ignition switch is turned to the On position the passenger airbag on/off indicator isilluminated for about six seconds.

• Child Seat Detected (or Load Less Than Fifth Percentile Female) Occupant Classification Message -Each time the ORC receives a message from the OCM indicating a child seat has been detected in the pas-senger side front seat (or that the seat load is less than that of a fifth percentile female) the passenger airbagand seat belt tensioner deployment circuits are deactivated and the passenger airbag on/off indicator will beilluminated. The indicator remains illuminated until the ORC receives an occupant classification message indi-cating that the passenger side front seat is empty, that the seat is occupied by a load equal to or greater thana fifth percentile female, or until the ignition switch is turned to the Off position, whichever occurs first.

• Load Undetermined Occupant Classification Message - Each time the ORC receives a message from theOCM indicating that a load cannot be determined in the passenger side front seat, the passenger airbag andseat belt tensioner deployment circuits are deactivated and the passenger airbag on/off indicator will be illu-minated. The indicator remains illuminated until the ORC receives an occupant classification message indicat-ing that the passenger side front seat is empty, that the seat is occupied by a load equal to or greater than afifth percentile female, or until the ignition switch is turned to the Off position, whichever occurs first.

• Communication Error - If the ORC receives invalid occupant classification messages or no messages fromthe OCM, the passenger airbag on/off indicator is illuminated. The indicator remains illuminated until the ORCreceives a valid message from the OCM indicating that the passenger side front seat is empty, that the seat is


occupied by a load equal to or greater than a fifth percentile female, or until the ignition switch is turned to theOff position, whichever occurs first.

The ORC continually monitors the occupant classification messages from the OCM to decide whether the passengerairbag and seat belt tensioner deployment circuits should be activated or deactivated. Note that there may be sev-eral seconds of delay between changes in the detected occupant status and passenger airbag on/off indications.This is a programmed feature of the OCM used to prevent a flashing indicator condition resulting from the normalshifting of occupant weight on the passenger seat cushion. The ORC then provides the proper control output to turnthe passenger airbag on/off indicator on or off.

The ORC will store a Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) for any malfunction it detects. For proper diagnosis of theOCM, the ORC, the CAN data bus, or the electronic message inputs to the ORC that control the passenger airbagon/off indicator, a diagnostic scan tool is required. Refer to the appropriate diagnostic information.

SEAT BELT BUCKLE

REMOVAL

FRONT



NOTE: The following procedure is for replacement of a faulty or damaged seat belt buckle unit. The frontseat belt buckle also includes a seat belt tensioner. If the front seat belt buckle is faulty or damaged, but theseat belt tensioner is not deployed, review the recommended procedures for handling non-deployed sup-plemental restraints. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - STANDARD PROCEDURE - HANDLING NON-DEPLOYED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS). If the seat belt tensioner has been deployed, review therecommended procedures for service after a supplemental restraint deployment before removing the unitfrom the vehicle. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - STANDARD PROCEDURE - SERVICE AFTER ASUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT DEPLOYMENT).


1. Move the front seat to its most rearward positionfor easiest access to the front seat belt bucklelower anchor nut.


3. Remove the console from the floor panel transmis-sion tunnel. (Refer to 23 - BODY/INTERIOR/FLOOR CONSOLE - REMOVAL).

4. Remove the side shield from the inboard side ofthe front seat cushion. (Refer to 23 - BODY/SEATS/SEAT BACK CUSHION/COVER -REMOVAL).

5. Disconnect the seat wire harness connector (2)from the seat belt tensioner initiator.

6. On the driver side only, disconnect the seat beltswitch pigtail wire connector (3) from the seat wireharness connector for the seat belt switch.

7. Remove the nut (4) that secures the front seat belt buckle (1) lower anchor to the stud on the inboard side of theseat cushion frame.

8. Remove the seat belt buckle and tensioner from the front seat as a unit.

REAR


1. Remove the rear seat cushion from the vehicle.(Refer to 23 - BODY/SEATS/REAR SEAT CUSH-ION - REMOVAL).

2. Remove the screw (1) that secures the rear seatback bracket (5) and the right outboard and centerbuckles (4) or the left buckle (3) and center seatbelt (2) lower anchor to the rear floor panel.

3. Remove the rear seat belt buckle from the rearfloor panel.


INSTALLATION

FRONT



NOTE: The following procedure is for replacement of a faulty or damaged seat belt buckle unit. The frontseat belt buckle also includes a seat belt tensioner. If the front seat belt buckle is faulty or damaged, but theseat belt tensioner is not deployed, review the recommended procedures for handling non-deployed sup-plemental restraints. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - STANDARD PROCEDURE - HANDLING NON-DEPLOYED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS). If the seat belt tensioner has been deployed, review therecommended procedures for service after a supplemental restraint deployment before removing the unitfrom the vehicle. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - STANDARD PROCEDURE - SERVICE AFTER ASUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT DEPLOYMENT).

1. Position the front seat belt buckle and tensioner (1)lower anchor onto the stud on the inboard side ofthe seat cushion frame.

2. Install and tighten the nut that secures the frontseat belt buckle lower anchor to the side of thefront seat. Tighten the nut to 43 N·m (32 ft. lbs.).

3. On the driver side only, reconnect the seat beltswitch pigtail wire connector (3) to the seat wireharness connector for the seat belt switch.

4. Reconnect the seat wire harness connector (2) tothe seat belt tensioner initiator.

5. Reinstall the side shield onto the inboard side ofthe front seat cushion. (Refer to 23 - BODY/SEATS/SEAT BACK CUSHION/COVER - INSTAL-LATION).

6. Reinstall the console onto the floor panel transmis-sion tunnel. (Refer to 23 - BODY/INTERIOR/FLOOR CONSOLE - INSTALLATION).

7. Do not reconnect the battery negative cable at this time. The supplemental restraint system verification test pro-cedure should be performed following service of any supplemental restraint system component. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS - STANDARD PROCEDURE - VERIFICATION TEST).


REAR


1. Position the right outboard and center buckles (4)or the left buckle (3) and center seat belt (2) loweranchor to the rear seat back bracket (5) on the rearfloor panel.

2. Install and tighten the screw (1) that secures therear seat belt buckle to the rear floor panel. Tightenthe screw to 50 N·m (37 ft. lbs.).

3. Reinstall the rear seat cushion into the vehicle.(Refer to 23 - BODY/SEATS/REAR SEAT CUSH-ION - INSTALLATION).

SEAT BELT & RETRACTOR

REMOVAL

FRONT



1. Adjust the front seat to its most forward position foreasiest access to the front seat belt lower anchorcover (1) and the B-pillar trim.

2. Grasp the upper edge of the lower anchor coverand pull upward to unsnap it from the front seatcushion outboard side shield.

3. Remove the screw (2) that secures the loweranchor to the outboard side of the front seat cush-ion frame.

4. Firmly grasp the lower end of the turning loop trimcover on the upper B-pillar and pull it straight out tounsnap it from the height adjuster, then lift the bot-tom of the cover upward and pull outward to disen-gage the upper tabs from the adjuster.


5. Remove the screw (3) that secures the seat beltturning loop (4) to the height adjuster (10).

6. Remove the seat belt turning loop from the heightadjuster.

7. Remove the upper trim from the inside of the B-pil-lar (9). (Refer to 23 - BODY/INTERIOR/B-PILLARUPPER TRIM - REMOVAL).

8. Unsnap and remove the cover (5) from above theseat belt opening in the B-pillar trim (2).

9. Remove the trim from the lower B-pillar. (Refer to23 - BODY/INTERIOR/B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM -REMOVAL).

10. Pull the front seat belt turning loop and loweranchor through the seat belt opening in the lowerB-pillar trim.

11. Remove the screw (7) that secures the retractor(6) lower bracket to the base of the inner B-pillar.

12. Remove the front seat belt and retractor from thevehicle as a unit.

REAR OUTBOARD


1. Remove the rear seat cushion from the vehicle.(Refer to 23 - BODY/SEATS/REAR SEAT CUSH-ION - REMOVAL).

2. Loosen the screw (3) that secures the rear out-board seat belt lower anchor and the rear seatback bracket to the rear floor panel.

3. Disengage the lower anchor from the loosenedscrew.

4. Remove the upper trim from the inside of the C-pil-lar. (Refer to 23 - BODY/INTERIOR/C-PILLARTRIM - REMOVAL).

5. Disengage the seat belt lower anchor from the seatbelt opening in the upper C-pillar trim.

6. Remove the trim (5) from the quarter inner panel.(Refer to 23 - BODY/INTERIOR/QUARTER TRIMPANEL - REMOVAL).

7. Remove the screw (2) that secures the seat beltturning loop to the upper C-pillar.


8. Remove the seat belt turning loop from the upper C-pillar.

9. Remove the screw (4) that secures the retractor (1) to the lower C-pillar.

10. Disengage the retractor locator tab from the slot in the lower C-pillar.

11. Remove the rear outboard seat belt and retractor from the lower C-pillar as a unit.

REAR CENTER

WARNING: During and following any seat belt or child restraint anchor service, carefully inspect all seatbelts, buckles, mounting hardware, retractors, tether straps, and anchors for proper installation, operation,or damage. Replace any belt that is cut, frayed, or torn. Straighten any belt that is twisted. Tighten anyloose fasteners. Replace any belt that has a damaged or inoperative buckle or retractor. Replace any beltthat has a bent or damaged latch plate or anchor plate. Replace any child restraint anchor or the unit towhich the anchor is integral that has been bent or damaged. Never attempt to repair a seat belt or childrestraint component. Always replace damaged or faulty seat belt and child restraint components with thecorrect, new and unused replacement parts listed in the DaimlerChrysler Mopar Parts Catalog.

1. Remove the left rear seat back panel (4) from thevehicle. (Refer to 23 - BODY/SEATS/REAR SEATBACK - REMOVAL).

2. Remove the trim from the left rear seat back.(Refer to 23 - BODY/SEATS/REAR SEAT BACKCOVER - REMOVAL).

3. Disengage the seat belt lower anchor through theweb guide loop integral to the top of the seat backpanel.

4. Disengage the retractor lock cable (2) end fittingfrom the seat back latch mechanism (3) on theupper outboard corner of the seat back panel.

5. Disengage the lock cable from the back panelbetween the latch and the retractor (1).

6. Remove the screw (2) from the back of the seatback panel (1) that secures the retractor.

7. Remove the rear center seat belt and retractor unitfrom the front of the left seat back panel.


INSTALLATION

FRONT


1. Be certain that the retractor shield (8) is properlyinstalled in the inner B-pillar (9) and in good condi-tion before installing the retractor.

2. Position the retractor (6) into the vehicle as a unit.

3. Install and tighten the screw (7) that secures theretractor lower bracket to the base of the innerB-pillar. Tighten the screw to 39 N·m (29 ft. lbs.).

4. Route the front seat belt turning loop (4) and loweranchor through the seat belt opening in the lowerB-pillar trim (2).

5. Reinstall the lower trim onto the B-pillar. (Refer to23 - BODY/INTERIOR/B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM -INSTALLATION).

6. Reinstall the cover (5) into the upper seat beltopening in the B-pillar trim.

7. Reinstall the upper trim onto the inside of the B-pil-lar. (Refer to 23 - BODY/INTERIOR/B-PILLARUPPER TRIM - INSTALLATION).

8. Position the seat belt turning loop onto the heightadjuster (10) on the upper B-pillar. Be certain thatthe seat belt webbing between the retractor andthe turning loop is not twisted.

9. Install and tighten the screw (5) that secures theturning loop to the height adjuster. Tighten the screw to 39 N·m (29 ft. lbs.).


10. Insert the upper tabs of the turning loop trim coverinto the slots of the height adjuster on the upperB-pillar, then lower the bottom of the cover anduse hand pressure to press firmly and evenly onthe cover until it snaps into place.

11. Position the seat belt lower anchor to the mount-ing hole on the outboard side of the front seatcushion frame. Be certain that the seat belt web-bing between the turning loop and the loweranchor is not twisted.

12. Install and tighten the screw (2) that secures thelower anchor to the seat. Tighten the screw to 39N·m (29 ft. lbs.).

13. Reinstall the lower anchor cover (1) onto the frontseat cushion outboard side shield.

REAR OUTBOARD



1. Be certain that the retractor shield is properlyinstalled in the inner C-pillar and in good conditionbefore installing the retractor.

2. Position the rear seat belt and retractor (1) to thelower C-pillar.

3. Engage the locator tab on the back of the retractorinto the slot in the lower C-pillar.

4. Install and tighten the screw (4) that secures theretractor to the lower C-pillar. Tighten the screw to39 N·m (29 ft. lbs.).

5. Position the seat belt turning loop to the upperC-pillar. Be certain the seat belt webbing betweenthe retractor and the turning loop is not twisted.

6. Install and tighten the screw (2) that secures theseat belt turning loop to the upper C-pillar. Tightenthe screw to 39 N·m (29 ft. lbs.).

7. Reinstall the trim (5) onto the quarter inner panel.(Refer to 23 - BODY/INTERIOR/QUARTER TRIMPANEL - INSTALLATION).

8. Route the seat belt lower anchor through the seat belt opening in the upper C-pillar trim.

9. Reinstall the trim onto the upper C-pillar. (Refer to 23 - BODY/INTERIOR/C-PILLAR TRIM - INSTALLATION).

10. Engage the seat belt lower anchor under the loosened screw (3) that secures the rear seat back bracket to therear floor panel. Be certain the seat belt webbing between the turning loop and the lower anchor is not twisted.

11. Tighten the screw that secures the lower anchor and the rear seat back bracket to the rear floor panel. Tightenthe screw to 50 N·m (37 ft. lbs.).

12. Reinstall the rear seat cushion into the vehicle. (Refer to 23 - BODY/SEATS/REAR SEAT CUSHION -INSTALLATION).

REAR CENTER

WARNING: During and following any seat belt or child restraint anchor service, carefully inspect all seatbelts, buckles, mounting hardware, retractors, tether straps, and anchors for proper installation, operation,or damage. Replace any belt that is cut, frayed, or torn. Straighten any belt that is twisted. Tighten anyloose fasteners. Replace any belt that has a damaged or inoperative buckle or retractor. Replace any beltthat has a bent or damaged latch plate or anchor plate. Replace any child restraint anchor or the unit towhich the anchor is integral that has been bent or damaged. Never attempt to repair a seat belt or childrestraint component. Always replace damaged or faulty seat belt and child restraint components with thecorrect, new and unused replacement parts listed in the DaimlerChrysler Mopar Parts Catalog.


1. Position the rear center seat belt and retractor unitonto the front of the left seat back panel (1).

2. Install and tighten the screw (2) from the back ofthe seat back panel that secures the retractor.Tighten the screw to 43 N·m (32 ft. lbs.).

3. Route the retractor lock cable (2) from the retractorto the seat back latch mechanism (3) on the upperoutboard corner of the seat back panel (4).

4. Engage the lock cable end fitting to the seat backlatch mechanism.

5. Route the seat belt lower anchor through the webguide loop integral to the top of the seat backpanel.

6. Reinstall the trim onto the left rear seat back.(Refer to 23 - BODY/SEATS/REAR SEAT BACKCOVER - INSTALLATION).

7. Reinstall the left rear seat back panel into the vehi-cle. (Refer to 23 - BODY/SEATS/REAR SEATBACK - INSTALLATION).


SEAT BELT SWITCH

DESCRIPTION

The seat belt switch for this model is actually a HallEffect-type sensor. This sensor consists of a fixed-po-sition, Hall Effect Integrated Circuit (IC) chip and asmall permanent magnet that is integral to the driverside front seat belt buckle. The driver side front seatbelt buckle is located on a molded plastic scabbardand secured along with the seat belt tensioner mech-anism by a nut to the inboard side of the driver sidefront seat cushion frame. The seat belt switch is con-nected to the vehicle electrical system through a two-lead pigtail wire and connector (1) on the driver sidefront seat belt buckle-half, which is connected to awire harness connector and take out of the seat wireharness. A radio noise suppression capacitor is con-nected in parallel with the IC where the two pigtailwire leads connect to the IC pins.

The seat belt switch cannot be adjusted or repairedand, if faulty or damaged, the entire driver side frontseat belt buckle-half and tensioner unit must bereplaced.

OPERATIONThe seat belt switch is designed to provide a status signal to the seat belt switch sense input of the OccupantRestraint Controller (ORC) indicating whether the driver side front seat belt is fastened. The ORC uses the seat beltswitch input to determine the status of the driver side front seat belt. The ORC then sends electronic messages tothe ElectroMechanical Instrument Cluster (EMIC) to control the seat belt indicator based upon the status of the seatbelt switch input.

A spring-loaded slide with a small window-like opening is integral to the buckle latch mechanism. When a seat belttip-half is inserted and latched into the seat belt buckle, the slide is pushed downward and the window of the slideexposes the Hall Effect Integrated Circuit (IC) chip within the buckle. The field of the permanent magnet induces acurrent within the chip. The chip provides this induced current as an output to the ORC. When the seat belt isunbuckled, the spring-loaded slide moves upward and shields the IC from the field of the permanent magnet, caus-ing the output current from the seat belt switch to be reduced.

The seat belt switch receives a supply current from the ORC, and the ORC senses the status of the driver side frontseat belt through its pigtail wire connection to the seat wire harness. The ORC also monitors the condition of theseat belt switch circuit and will illuminate the airbag indicator in the EMIC then store a Diagnostic Trouble Code(DTC) for any fault that is detected in the seat belt switch circuit. For proper diagnosis of the seat belt switch, adiagnostic scan tool is required. Refer to the appropriate diagnostic information.


SEAT BELT TENSIONER

DESCRIPTION

Seat belt tensioners supplement the dual front airbagsfor this model. The seat belt tensioners are integral tothe front seat belt buckle units, which are secured bya large hex nut (3) to a stud on the outside of theinboard seat cushion frames of the right and left frontseats. The tensioner is concealed beneath the moldedplastic inner seat cushion side shield. The seat belttensioner consists (2) primarily of a buckle, an accor-dion-like molded plastic scabbard, a cable and piston,a pulley and bracket, a steel cylinder tube, and asmall pyrotechnically activated gas generator. Exceptfor the buckle and scabbard, all of these componentsare concealed by the seat cushion side shield.

The seat belt tensioners are controlled by the Occu-pant Restraint Controller (ORC) and are connected tothe vehicle electrical system through a dedicated takeout of the seat wire harness by a keyed and latchingyellow molded plastic connector insulator (1) to ensurea secure connection. The driver side seat belt ten-sioner has a second connection through a two-wirepigtail and connector to the seat wire harness for an integral seat belt switch.

The seat belt tensioners cannot be repaired and, if faulty or damaged, the entire front seat belt buckle unit must bereplaced. If the front airbags have been deployed, the seat belt tensioners have also been deployed. The seat belttensioners are not intended for reuse and must be replaced following any front airbag deployment. (Refer to 8 -ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS/SEAT BELT BUCKLE - REMOVAL).

OPERATIONThe seat belt tensioners are deployed in conjunction with the front airbags by a signal generated by the OccupantRestraint Controller (ORC) through the driver or passenger seat belt tensioner line 1 and line 2 (or squib) circuits.When the ORC sends the proper electrical signal to the tensioners, the electrical energy generates enough heat toinitiate a small pyrotechnic gas generator. The gas generator is installed in one end of a steel cylinder tube wherethe piston attached to one end of the buckle cable is sealed to the inside circumference of the tube. As the gasexpands, it pushes the piston down the tube, pulling the cable around the pulley, drawing the buckle downward,collapsing the scabbard, and removing any excess slack from the seat belt.

Removing excess slack from the front seat belts not only keeps the occupants properly positioned for an airbagdeployment following a frontal impact of the vehicle, but also helps to reduce injuries that the occupant might expe-rience in these situations as a result of harmful contact with the steering wheel, steering column, instrument paneland/or windshield. Also, a torsion bar in the seat belt retractor that the retractor spool rides upon is designed todeform in order to control the loading being applied to the occupants by the seat belts during a frontal impact,further reducing the potential for occupant injuries.

The ORC monitors the condition of the seat belt tensioners through circuit resistance, and will illuminate the airbagindicator in the ElectroMechanical Instrument Cluster (EMIC) and store a Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) for anyfault that is detected. For proper diagnosis of the seat belt tensioners, a diagnostic scan tool is required. Refer tothe appropriate diagnostic information.


SEAT BELT TURNING LOOP ADJUSTER

REMOVAL


1. Firmly grasp the lower end of the turning loop trimcover on the upper B-pillar and pull it straight out tounsnap it from the height adjuster, then lift the bot-tom of the cover upward and pull outward to disen-gage the upper tabs from the adjuster.

2. Remove the screw (3) that secures the seat beltturning loop (4) to the height adjuster (5).

3. Remove the seat belt turning loop from the heightadjuster.

4. Remove the upper trim (2) from the inside of theB-pillar (6). (Refer to 23 - BODY/INTERIOR/B-PIL-LAR UPPER TRIM - REMOVAL).

5. Remove the two screws (1) that secure the heightadjuster to the inside of the B-pillar.

6. Remove the adjuster from the B-pillar.


INSTALLATION


1. Position the seat belt turning loop adjuster (5) tothe inside of the B-pillar (6).

2. Install and tighten the two screws (1) that securethe adjuster to the B-pillar. Tighten the screws to39 N·m (29 ft. lbs.).

3. Reinstall the upper trim (2) onto the inside of theB-pillar. (Refer to 23 - BODY/INTERIOR/B-PILLARUPPER TRIM - INSTALLATION).

4. Position the seat belt turning loop (4) onto theheight adjuster on the upper B-pillar. Be certainthat the seat belt webbing between the retractorand the turning loop is not twisted.

5. Install and tighten the screw (3) that secures theturning loop to the height adjuster. Tighten thescrew to 39 N·m (29 ft. lbs.).

6. Insert the upper tabs of the turning loop trim coverinto the slots of the height adjuster on the upperB-pillar, then lower the bottom of the cover and usehand pressure to press firmly and evenly on thecover until it snaps into place.


SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR

DESCRIPTION

The seat track position sensor (1) is a Hall Effect-typesensor. This sensor consists of a Hall Effect IntegratedCircuit (IC) chip encased in potting material within acavity of the molded plastic sensor housing. The sen-sor housing has an integral snap feature (3) andsnaps into a stamped metal bracket located on theinboard side of one of the seat adjuster tracks oneach front seat, then is secured by a screw into amounting boss (4) at one end of the sensor housing. Amolded connector receptacle (2) is integral to theopposite end of the sensor housing from the mountingboss is connected to the vehicle electrical systemthrough a connector and take out of the driver or pas-senger seat wire harness beneath the front seat cush-ion frame.

The seat track position sensor cannot be adjusted orrepaired and, if faulty or damaged, the entire sensormust be replaced.

OPERATIONThe seat track position sensor is designed to provide a seat position data input to the Occupant Classification Mod-ule (OCM) indicating whether the driver front seat is in a full forward or a not full forward position. The OCM sendselectronic seat position messages to the Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) over the Controller Area Network(CAN) data bus. The ORC uses this data as an additional logic input for use in determining the appropriate deploy-ment force to be used when deploying the multistage front airbags.

The seat track position sensor receives a nominal five volt supply from the OCM. The sensor communicates theseat position by modulating the voltage returned to the OCM on a sensor data circuit. The OCM also monitors thecondition of the sensor circuits and will store a Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) for any fault that is detected, thensend messages to the ORC to illuminate the airbag indicator in the instrument cluster. For proper diagnosis of theseat track position sensor, a diagnostic scan tool is required. Refer to the appropriate diagnostic information.

REMOVAL




2. Reach under the front seat cushion to access theseat track position sensor (3) in a bracket (5)located on the inboard side of either the inner orouter, driver or passenger seat track.

3. Disconnect the electrical connector (4) from thesensor.

4. Remove the screw (1) that secures the sensormounting boss to the bracket.

5. Using a small screwdriver, depress the sensor latchfeature (2) and pull the sensor out of the bracket.

INSTALLATION


1. Reach under the front seat cushion to position theseat track position sensor (3) to the open end ofthe bracket (5) located on the inboard side of eitherthe inner or outer, driver or passenger seat track.

2. Push the sensor firmly into the bracket until thelatch feature (2) snaps into place.

3. Install and tighten the screw (1) that secures thesensor mounting boss to the bracket. Tighten thescrew to 2 N·m (15 in. lbs.).

4. Reconnect the seat wire harness connector (4) tothe sensor connector receptacle located on the endof the sensor. Be certain that the latch on the con-nector is fully engaged.

5. Do not reconnect the battery negative cable at thistime. The supplemental restraint system verificationtest procedure should be performed following ser-vice of any supplemental restraint system compo-nent. (Refer to 8 - ELECTRICAL/RESTRAINTS -STANDARD PROCEDURE - VERIFICATION TEST).

6. Following successful completion of the supplemental restraint system verification test procedure, perform theOccupant Classification System Verification Test using a diagnostic scan tool. Refer to the appropriate diagnosticprocedures.


20027910 Jeep WK Grand Cherokee Section 08O Restraints

Documents

Transcript of 20027910 Jeep WK Grand Cherokee Section 08O Restraints